projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
blame | history | raw | HEAD
Automatic date update in version.in
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
27
28 #include "sysdep.h"
29 #include <stdarg.h>
30 #include "bfd.h"
31 #include "bfdlink.h"
32 #include "libbfd.h"
33 #include "elf-bfd.h"
34 #include "elf/ppc.h"
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "dwarf2.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
44 {
45 split16a_type = 0,
46 split16d_type
47 }
48 split16_format_type;
49
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 section. */
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
75 ((4*4 \
76 + (h != NULL \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
88 {
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 0x60000000, /* nop */
97 };
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100 {
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
109 };
110
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
115 {
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 };
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
127 {
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
136 };
137
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 a shared library. */
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define B 0x48000000
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 \f
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205
206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
207
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
212
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
216
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
221
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
225
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
229
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
233
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
238
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
243
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
249
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
255
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
259
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
263
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 zero. */
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
269
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 be zero. */
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
275
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 symbol. */
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
280
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 the symbol. */
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
285
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 the symbol. */
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
290
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 the symbol. */
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
295
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
300
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
308
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 entries. */
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
313
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
317
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 addend. */
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
329
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
333
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
337
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
341
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
346
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
351
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 the symbol. */
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
356
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 the symbol. */
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
361
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 the symbol. */
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
366
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 small data items. */
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
371
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
375
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
379
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
383
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
397
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
404
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
409
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
419
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
423
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
427
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
431
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
436
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
440
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
444
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
448
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
458
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
462
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
466
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
470
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 first entry. */
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
476
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
480
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
484
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
488
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
493
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
497
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
501
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
505
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
510
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
514
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
518
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
522
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
529
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
533
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
537
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
541
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 is negative. */
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
547
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
553
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
559
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 small data items. */
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
564
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
570
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
583
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
587
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
591
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
595
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
599
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
603
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
607
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
611
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
615
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
619
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
625
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
629
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
633
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
637
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
641
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
645
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
649
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
653
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
660
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
664
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
668
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
672
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
677
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
681
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
685
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
688 NULL),
689
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
692 NULL),
693
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
697 };
698 \f
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
700
701 static void
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 {
704 unsigned int i, type;
705
706 for (i = 0;
707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
708 i++)
709 {
710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
713 abort ();
714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
715 }
716 }
717
718 static reloc_howto_type *
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
721 {
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
723
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
727
728 switch (code)
729 {
730 default:
731 return NULL;
732
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
839 break;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
842 break;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
845 break;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
848 break;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
851 break;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
854 break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
863 }
864
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
866 };
867
868 static reloc_howto_type *
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
870 const char *r_name)
871 {
872 unsigned int i;
873
874 for (i = 0;
875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
876 i++)
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
880
881 return NULL;
882 }
883
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
885
886 static bfd_boolean
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
888 arelent *cache_ptr,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
890 {
891 unsigned int r_type;
892
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896
897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
899 {
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 abfd, r_type);
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
904 return FALSE;
905 }
906
907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
908
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
912 {
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 abfd, r_type);
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
917
918 return FALSE;
919 }
920
921 return TRUE;
922 }
923
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
928 arelent *reloc_entry,
929 asymbol *symbol,
930 void *data,
931 asection *input_section,
932 bfd *output_bfd,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
934 {
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
936 long insn;
937 bfd_size_type octets;
938 bfd_vma value;
939
940 if (output_bfd != NULL)
941 {
942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
943 return bfd_reloc_ok;
944 }
945
946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950
951 value = 0;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
953 value = symbol->value;
954 value += (reloc_entry->addend
955 + symbol->section->output_offset
956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
957 value -= (reloc_entry->address
958 + input_section->output_offset
959 + input_section->output_section->vma);
960 value >>= 16;
961
962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 return bfd_reloc_ok;
968 }
969
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
972 arelent *reloc_entry,
973 asymbol *symbol,
974 void *data,
975 asection *input_section,
976 bfd *output_bfd,
977 char **error_message)
978 {
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
981 link time. */
982 if (output_bfd != NULL)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
985
986 if (error_message != NULL)
987 {
988 static char buf[60];
989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry->howto->name);
991 *error_message = buf;
992 }
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
994 }
995 \f
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 {
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 asection *section;
1002 /* Section name. */
1003 const char *name;
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t;
1011
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1015
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 {
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 bfd_vma offset;
1022 /* addend used */
1023 bfd_vma addend;
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1027
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 {
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1031
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1035
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1039 };
1040
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1052
1053 static bfd_boolean
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1055 {
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1058 }
1059
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061
1062 bfd_boolean
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1064 {
1065 unsigned long mach = 0;
1066 asection *s;
1067 unsigned char *contents;
1068
1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1071 {
1072
1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1075 break;
1076 if (s != NULL)
1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1078 }
1079
1080 if (mach == 0)
1081 {
1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1083 if (s != NULL
1084 && s->size >= 24
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1086 {
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1089
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1091 {
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1094 {
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1117
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1120 }
1121 }
1122 free (contents);
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1127 {
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1129
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1132 {
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 return TRUE;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1142
1143 static bfd_boolean
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1145 {
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return TRUE;
1148
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1150 {
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1152
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1154 {
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1158 }
1159 }
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1164
1165 static bfd_boolean
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1167 {
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1170
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1173 return TRUE;
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1177
1178 static bfd_boolean
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1180 {
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1183
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1185 {
1186 default:
1187 return FALSE;
1188
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1192
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1195
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1199
1200 break;
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1206 }
1207
1208 static bfd_boolean
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1210 {
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1212 {
1213 default:
1214 return FALSE;
1215
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1228
1229 {
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1232
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1235 }
1236
1237 return TRUE;
1238 }
1239
1240 static char *
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1242 {
1243 switch (note_type)
1244 {
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1247
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1249 {
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1252
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 */
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1271 }
1272
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1274 {
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1280
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1293 }
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 static flagword
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1299 {
1300
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1303
1304 return 0;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1309
1310 static bfd_vma
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1314 {
1315 return rel->address;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1321
1322 static bfd_boolean
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1327 {
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1330
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return FALSE;
1333
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1338
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1341
1342 if (strncmp (name, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1347
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1350 }
1351
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1353
1354 static bfd_boolean
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1358 {
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1361
1362 return TRUE;
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1367
1368 static int
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1371 {
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1374
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1378
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1382
1383 return ret;
1384 }
1385
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1387
1388 bfd_boolean
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1391 {
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1393
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1401 {
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1406
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1409
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1411 {
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1415 {
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1424 {
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1426
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1430 {
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1436 }
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1438 }
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1444 {
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1447 }
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1450
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return FALSE;
1460
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1469 }
1470
1471 return TRUE;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1478
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1480 {
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1491 };
1492
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1496
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1499 {
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1501
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1505
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1509 {
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1513 }
1514
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1516 }
1517 \f
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 {
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1523 }
1524 apuinfo_list;
1525
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
1528
1529 static void
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1531 {
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = FALSE;
1534 }
1535
1536 static void
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1538 {
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1540
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1542 {
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1546 }
1547
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1551
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1555 }
1556
1557 static unsigned
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 {
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1562
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1567
1568 return count;
1569 }
1570
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1573 {
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1575
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1579 ;
1580
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1582 }
1583
1584 static void
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 {
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1588
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1590 {
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1594 }
1595
1596 head = NULL;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1601
1602 static void
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1604 {
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1612
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1615
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1620 {
1621 unsigned long datum;
1622
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1632
1633 apuinfo_set = TRUE;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1635 {
1636 free (buffer);
1637 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1639 if (!buffer)
1640 return;
1641 }
1642
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1644 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1645 {
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1648 goto fail;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1656 goto fail;
1657
1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1659 if (datum != 0x2)
1660 goto fail;
1661
1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1663 goto fail;
1664
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1667 if (datum + 20 != length)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1673 }
1674
1675 error_message = NULL;
1676
1677 if (apuinfo_set)
1678 {
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1681
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1684
1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1686 {
1687 ibfd = abfd;
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 fail:
1694 free (buffer);
1695
1696 if (error_message)
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1698 }
1699
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1702
1703 static bfd_boolean
1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1706 asection *asec,
1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1708 {
1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1710 }
1711
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1713
1714 static void
1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1716 {
1717 bfd_byte *buffer;
1718 asection *asec;
1719 unsigned i;
1720 unsigned num_entries;
1721 bfd_size_type length;
1722
1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1724 if (asec == NULL)
1725 return;
1726
1727 if (!apuinfo_set)
1728 return;
1729
1730 length = asec->size;
1731 if (length < 20)
1732 return;
1733
1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1735 if (buffer == NULL)
1736 {
1737 _bfd_error_handler
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1739 return;
1740 }
1741
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1748
1749 length = 20;
1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1751 {
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1753 length += 4;
1754 }
1755
1756 if (length != asec->size)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1761
1762 free (buffer);
1763
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1765 }
1766
1767 static bfd_boolean
1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1769 {
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1772 }
1773 \f
1774 static bfd_boolean
1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1776 {
1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1778
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1780 return FALSE;
1781
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1786 }
1787
1788 static bfd_boolean
1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1790 {
1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1793 && section->vma <= vma
1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1795 }
1796
1797 static long
1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1800 asymbol **ret)
1801 {
1802 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1806 bfd_vma stub_off;
1807 asymbol *s;
1808 arelent *p;
1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1810 size_t size;
1811 char *names;
1812 bfd_byte buf[4];
1813
1814 *ret = NULL;
1815
1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1817 return 0;
1818
1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1820 return 0;
1821
1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1823 if (relplt == NULL)
1824 return 0;
1825
1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1827 if (plt == NULL)
1828 return 0;
1829
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1834
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic != NULL)
1839 {
1840 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1841 size_t extdynsize;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1843
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1845 return -1;
1846
1847 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1848 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1849
1850 extdyn = dynbuf;
1851 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1852 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1853 {
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1856
1857 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1858 break;
1859
1860 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1861 {
1862 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1863 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1864 if (got != NULL
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1866 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1868 break;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 free (dynbuf);
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1875 if (glink_vma == 0)
1876 {
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1879 }
1880
1881 if (glink_vma == 0)
1882 return 0;
1883
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1888 if (glink == NULL)
1889 return 0;
1890
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1894 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1895 {
1896 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1897
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1899 insn ^= B;
1900 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1902
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1905 for (i = 4;
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1907 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1908 i += 4)
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1910 {
1911 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1912 break;
1913 }
1914 }
1915
1916 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1924 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1926 break;
1927 if (stub_delta > 32)
1928 return 0;
1929
1930 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
1932 return -1;
1933
1934 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1935 p = relplt->relocation;
1936 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1937 {
1938 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1939 if (p->addend != 0)
1940 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1941 }
1942
1943 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1944
1945 if (resolv_vma)
1946 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1947
1948 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1949 if (s == NULL)
1950 return -1;
1951
1952 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1953 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1954 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1955 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1956 {
1957 size_t len;
1958
1959 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1961 stub_off -= 32;
1962 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1966 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1967 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1968 s->section = glink;
1969 s->value = stub_off;
1970 s->name = names;
1971 s->udata.p = NULL;
1972 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1973 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1974 names += len;
1975 if (p->addend != 0)
1976 {
1977 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1980 names += strlen (names);
1981 }
1982 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1984 ++s;
1985 --p;
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1990 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1991 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1992 s->section = glink;
1993 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1994 s->name = names;
1995 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1997 s++;
1998 count++;
1999
2000 if (resolv_vma)
2001 {
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2004 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2005 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2006 s->section = glink;
2007 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2008 s->name = names;
2009 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 s++;
2012 count++;
2013 }
2014
2015 return count;
2016 }
2017 \f
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2023 called. */
2024
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2027 struct plt_entry
2028 {
2029 struct plt_entry *next;
2030
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2036 bfd_vma addend;
2037
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2039 asection *sec;
2040
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2042 union
2043 {
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2045 bfd_vma offset;
2046 } plt;
2047
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2050 };
2051
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2055
2056 static int
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2059 {
2060 switch (r_type)
2061 {
2062 default:
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2067 return 1;
2068
2069 case R_PPC_REL24:
2070 case R_PPC_REL14:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2073 case R_PPC_REL32:
2074 return 0;
2075
2076 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2084 }
2085 }
2086
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2090 shared lib. */
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2092
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2095 {
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2097
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2099 asection *sec;
2100
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count : 31;
2103
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2106 };
2107
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2109
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2111 {
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2113
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2118
2119 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2120 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2121
2122 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2123 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2124 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2125 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2126 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2127 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2128 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2129 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2130 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2131 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2132 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2134 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2135 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2136 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2137 unsigned char tls_mask;
2138
2139 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2140 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2141 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2142 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2143 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2144
2145 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2146 symbol. */
2147 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2148
2149 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2150 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2151 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2152 };
2153
2154 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2155
2156 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2157
2158 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2159 {
2160 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2161
2162 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2163 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2164
2165 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 asection *glink;
2167 asection *dynsbss;
2168 asection *relsbss;
2169 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2170 asection *sbss;
2171 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2172 asection *pltlocal;
2173 asection *relpltlocal;
2174
2175 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2176 asection *srelplt2;
2177
2178 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2179 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2180
2181 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2182 bfd *old_bfd;
2183
2184 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2185 union {
2186 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2187 bfd_vma offset;
2188 } tlsld_got;
2189
2190 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2191 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2192
2193 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2194 unsigned int got_header_size;
2195 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2196 unsigned int got_gap;
2197
2198 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2199 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2200
2201 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2202 unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2203
2204 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2205 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2206 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2207 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2208
2209 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2210 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2211
2212 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2213 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2214
2215 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2216 int plt_entry_size;
2217 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2218 int plt_slot_size;
2219 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2220 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2221
2222 /* Small local sym cache. */
2223 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2224 };
2225
2226 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2227 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2228
2229 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2230 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2231
2232 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2233 relocs. */
2234 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2235
2236 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2237 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2238
2239 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2240
2241 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2242 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2243 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2244
2245 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2246
2247 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2248 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2249 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2250 const char *string)
2251 {
2252 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2253 subclass. */
2254 if (entry == NULL)
2255 {
2256 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2257 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2258 if (entry == NULL)
2259 return entry;
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2263 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2264 if (entry != NULL)
2265 {
2266 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2267 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2268 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2269 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2270 }
2271
2272 return entry;
2273 }
2274
2275 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2276
2277 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2278 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2279 {
2280 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2281 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2282 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2283
2284 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2285 if (ret == NULL)
2286 return NULL;
2287
2288 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2289 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2290 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2291 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2292 {
2293 free (ret);
2294 return NULL;
2295 }
2296
2297 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2298 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2299 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2300 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2301
2302 ret->params = &default_params;
2303
2304 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2305 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2306 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2307
2308 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2309 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2310 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2311
2312 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2313 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2314 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2315
2316 return &ret->elf.root;
2317 }
2318
2319 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2320
2321 void
2322 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2323 {
2324 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2325
2326 if (htab)
2327 htab->params = params;
2328 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2329 }
2330
2331 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2332
2333 static bfd_boolean
2334 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2335 {
2336 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2337
2338 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2339 return FALSE;
2340
2341 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2342 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
2343 {
2344 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2345 executable. */
2346 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2347 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2348 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2349 return FALSE;
2350 }
2351
2352 return TRUE;
2353 }
2354
2355 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2356 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2357 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2358
2359 static bfd_boolean
2360 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2361 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2362 flagword flags,
2363 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2364 {
2365 asection *s;
2366
2367 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2368 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2369
2370 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2371 if (s == NULL)
2372 return FALSE;
2373 lsect->section = s;
2374
2375 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2376 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2377
2378 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2379 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2380 return FALSE;
2381 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2382 return TRUE;
2383 }
2384
2385 static bfd_boolean
2386 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2387 {
2388 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2389 asection *s;
2390 flagword flags;
2391 int p2align;
2392
2393 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2394 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2395 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2396 htab->glink = s;
2397 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2398 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2399 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2400 if (s == NULL
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2402 return FALSE;
2403
2404 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2405 {
2406 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2407 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2408 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2409 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2410 if (s == NULL
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2412 return FALSE;
2413 }
2414
2415 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2416 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2417 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2418 if (s == NULL
2419 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2420 return FALSE;
2421
2422 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2423 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2424 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2425 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2426 if (s == NULL
2427 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2428 return FALSE;
2429
2430 /* Local plt entries. */
2431 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2433 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2434 flags);
2435 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2437 return FALSE;
2438
2439 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2440 {
2441 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2442 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2443 htab->relpltlocal
2444 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2445 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2446 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2447 return FALSE;
2448 }
2449
2450 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2451 &htab->sdata[0]))
2452 return FALSE;
2453
2454 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2455 &htab->sdata[1]))
2456 return FALSE;
2457
2458 return TRUE;
2459 }
2460
2461 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2462 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2463 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2464
2465 static bfd_boolean
2466 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2467 {
2468 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2469 asection *s;
2470 flagword flags;
2471
2472 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2473
2474 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2475 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2476 return FALSE;
2477
2478 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2479 return FALSE;
2480
2481 if (htab->glink == NULL
2482 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2483 return FALSE;
2484
2485 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2486 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2487 htab->dynsbss = s;
2488 if (s == NULL)
2489 return FALSE;
2490
2491 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2492 {
2493 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2494 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2495 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2496 htab->relsbss = s;
2497 if (s == NULL
2498 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2499 return FALSE;
2500 }
2501
2502 if (htab->is_vxworks
2503 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2504 return FALSE;
2505
2506 s = htab->elf.splt;
2507 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2508 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2509 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2510 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2511 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2512 }
2513
2514 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2515
2516 static void
2517 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2518 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2519 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2520 {
2521 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2522
2523 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2524 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2525
2526 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2527 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2528
2529 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2530 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2531 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2532 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2533 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2534 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2535 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2536
2537 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2538 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2539 return;
2540
2541 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2542 {
2543 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2544 {
2545 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2546 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2547
2548 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2549 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2550 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2551 {
2552 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2553
2554 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2555 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2556 {
2557 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2558 q->count += p->count;
2559 *pp = p->next;
2560 break;
2561 }
2562 if (q == NULL)
2563 pp = &p->next;
2564 }
2565 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
2566 }
2567
2568 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
2569 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2570 }
2571
2572 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2573 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2574 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2575 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2576
2577 /* And plt entries. */
2578 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2579 {
2580 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2581 {
2582 struct plt_entry **entp;
2583 struct plt_entry *ent;
2584
2585 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2586 {
2587 struct plt_entry *dent;
2588
2589 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2590 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2591 {
2592 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2593 *entp = ent->next;
2594 break;
2595 }
2596 if (dent == NULL)
2597 entp = &ent->next;
2598 }
2599 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2600 }
2601
2602 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2603 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2604 }
2605
2606 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2607 {
2608 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2609 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2610 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2611 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2612 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2613 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2614 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2615 }
2616 }
2617
2618 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2619 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2620
2621 static bfd_boolean
2622 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2623 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2624 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2625 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2626 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2627 asection **secp,
2628 bfd_vma *valp)
2629 {
2630 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2631 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2632 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2633 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2634 {
2635 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2636 put into .sbss. */
2637 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2638
2639 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2640 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2641 {
2642 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2643
2644 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2645 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2646
2647 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2648 ".sbss",
2649 flags);
2650 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2651 return FALSE;
2652 }
2653
2654 *secp = htab->sbss;
2655 *valp = sym->st_size;
2656 }
2657
2658 return TRUE;
2659 }
2660 \f
2661 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2662
2663 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2664 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2665 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2666 bfd_vma addend,
2667 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2668 {
2669 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2670 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2671 return linker_pointers;
2672
2673 return NULL;
2674 }
2675
2676 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2677
2678 static bfd_boolean
2679 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2680 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2681 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2682 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2683 {
2684 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2685 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2686 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2687 bfd_size_type amt;
2688
2689 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2690
2691 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2692 if (h != NULL)
2693 {
2694 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2695
2696 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2697 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2698 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2699 rel->r_addend,
2700 lsect))
2701 return TRUE;
2702
2703 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2704 }
2705 else
2706 {
2707 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2708
2709 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2710 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2711
2712 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2713 if (!ptr)
2714 {
2715 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2716
2717 amt = num_symbols;
2718 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2719 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2720
2721 if (!ptr)
2722 return FALSE;
2723
2724 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2725 }
2726
2727 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2728 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2729 rel->r_addend,
2730 lsect))
2731 return TRUE;
2732
2733 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2734 }
2735
2736 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2737 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2738 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2739 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2740 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2741
2742 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2743 return FALSE;
2744
2745 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2746 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2747 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2748 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2749
2750 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2751 return FALSE;
2752 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2753 lsect->section->size += 4;
2754
2755 #ifdef DEBUG
2756 fprintf (stderr,
2757 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2758 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2759 (long) lsect->section->size);
2760 #endif
2761
2762 return TRUE;
2763 }
2764
2765 static struct plt_entry **
2766 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2767 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2768 unsigned long r_symndx,
2769 int tls_type)
2770 {
2771 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2772 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2773 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2774
2775 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2776 {
2777 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2778
2779 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2780 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2781 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2782 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2783 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2784 return NULL;
2785 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2786 }
2787
2788 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2789 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2790 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2791 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2792 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2793 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2794 }
2795
2796 static bfd_boolean
2797 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2798 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2799 {
2800 struct plt_entry *ent;
2801
2802 if (addend < 32768)
2803 sec = NULL;
2804 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2805 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2806 break;
2807 if (ent == NULL)
2808 {
2809 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2810 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2811 if (ent == NULL)
2812 return FALSE;
2813 ent->next = *plist;
2814 ent->sec = sec;
2815 ent->addend = addend;
2816 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2817 *plist = ent;
2818 }
2819 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2820 return TRUE;
2821 }
2822
2823 static struct plt_entry *
2824 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2825 {
2826 struct plt_entry *ent;
2827
2828 if (addend < 32768)
2829 sec = NULL;
2830 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2831 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2832 break;
2833 return ent;
2834 }
2835
2836 static bfd_boolean
2837 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2838 {
2839 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2846 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2847 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2848 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2849 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2850 }
2851
2852 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2853
2854 static bfd_boolean
2855 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2856 {
2857 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2858 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2859 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2860 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2861 }
2862
2863 static void
2864 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2865 {
2866 _bfd_error_handler
2867 /* xgettext:c-format */
2868 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2869 abfd,
2870 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2872 }
2873
2874 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2875 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2876 table. */
2877
2878 static bfd_boolean
2879 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2880 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2881 asection *sec,
2882 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2883 {
2884 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2885 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2887 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2888 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2889 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2890 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2891
2892 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2893 return TRUE;
2894
2895 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2896 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2897 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2898 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2899 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2900 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2901 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2902 return TRUE;
2903
2904 #ifdef DEBUG
2905 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2906 sec, abfd);
2907 #endif
2908
2909 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2910
2911 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2912 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2913 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2914
2915 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2916 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2917 {
2918 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2919 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2920 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2921 return FALSE;
2922 }
2923 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2924 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
2925 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2926 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2927 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2928 sreloc = NULL;
2929
2930 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2931 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2932 {
2933 unsigned long r_symndx;
2934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2935 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2936 int tls_type;
2937 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2938 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2939 bfd_vma addend;
2940
2941 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2942 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2943 h = NULL;
2944 else
2945 {
2946 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2947 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2948 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2949 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2950 }
2951
2952 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2953 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2954 startup code. */
2955 if (h != NULL
2956 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2957 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2958 {
2959 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2960 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2961 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2962 return FALSE;
2963 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2964 }
2965
2966 tls_type = 0;
2967 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2968 ifunc = NULL;
2969 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
2970 {
2971 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2972 abfd, r_symndx);
2973 if (isym == NULL)
2974 return FALSE;
2975
2976 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2977 {
2978 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2979 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2980 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2981 if (ifunc == NULL)
2982 return FALSE;
2983
2984 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2985 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2986 no plt calls. */
2987 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2988 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2989 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2990 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2991 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2992 {
2993 addend = 0;
2994 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2995 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2996 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2997 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2998 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2999 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3000 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3001 addend = rel->r_addend;
3002 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3003 return FALSE;
3004 }
3005 }
3006 }
3007
3008 if (!htab->is_vxworks
3009 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3010 && h != NULL
3011 && h == tga)
3012 {
3013 if (rel != relocs
3014 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3015 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3016 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3017 reloc. */
3018 ;
3019 else
3020 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3021 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3022 }
3023
3024 switch (r_type)
3025 {
3026 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3027 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3028 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3029 its parameter symbol. */
3030 if (h != NULL)
3031 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3032 else
3033 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3034 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3035 return FALSE;
3036 break;
3037
3038 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3039 break;
3040
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3045 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3046 goto dogottls;
3047
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3052 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3053 goto dogottls;
3054
3055 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3059 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3060 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3061 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3062 goto dogottls;
3063
3064 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3065 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3068 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3069 dogottls:
3070 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3071 /* Fall through. */
3072
3073 /* GOT16 relocations */
3074 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3075 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3076 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3078 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3079 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3080 {
3081 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3082 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3083 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3084 return FALSE;
3085 }
3086 if (h != NULL)
3087 {
3088 h->got.refcount += 1;
3089 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3090 }
3091 else
3092 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3093 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3094 return FALSE;
3095
3096 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3097 an ifunc. */
3098 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3099 {
3100 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3101 return FALSE;
3102 }
3103 break;
3104
3105 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3106 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3107 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3108 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3109 h, rel))
3110 return FALSE;
3111 if (h != NULL)
3112 {
3113 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3114 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3115 }
3116 break;
3117
3118 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3119 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3120 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3121 {
3122 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3123 return FALSE;
3124 }
3125 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3126 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3127 h, rel))
3128 return FALSE;
3129 if (h != NULL)
3130 {
3131 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3132 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3133 }
3134 break;
3135
3136 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3137 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3138 /* Fall through. */
3139
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3146 if (h != NULL)
3147 {
3148 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3149 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3150 }
3151 break;
3152
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3163 break;
3164
3165 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3166 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3167 {
3168 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3169 return FALSE;
3170 }
3171 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3172 if (h != NULL)
3173 {
3174 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3175 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3176 }
3177 break;
3178
3179 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3180 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3181 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3182 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3183 if (h != NULL)
3184 {
3185 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3186 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3187 }
3188 break;
3189
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3191 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3195 if (h != NULL)
3196 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3197 break;
3198
3199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3200 if (h == NULL)
3201 break;
3202 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3203 goto pltentry;
3204
3205 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3206 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3207 /* Fall through. */
3208
3209 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3210 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3211 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3212 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3214 pltentry:
3215 #ifdef DEBUG
3216 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3217 #endif
3218 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3219 if (h == NULL)
3220 {
3221 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3222 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3223 if (pltent == NULL)
3224 return FALSE;
3225 }
3226 else
3227 {
3228 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3229 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3230 h->needs_plt = 1;
3231 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3232 }
3233 addend = 0;
3234 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3235 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3236 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3237 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3238 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3239 addend = rel->r_addend;
3240 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3241 return FALSE;
3242 break;
3243
3244 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3245 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3246 section relative. */
3247 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3248 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3251 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3252 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3255 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3256 break;
3257
3258 case R_PPC_REL16:
3259 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3260 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3263 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3264 break;
3265
3266 /* These are just markers. */
3267 case R_PPC_TLS:
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3269 case R_PPC_NONE:
3270 case R_PPC_max:
3271 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3274 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3275 break;
3276
3277 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3278 case R_PPC_COPY:
3279 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3280 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3281 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3282 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3283 break;
3284
3285 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3286 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3288 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3292 break;
3293
3294 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3295 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3296 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3297 {
3298 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3299 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3300 }
3301 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3302 {
3303 h->needs_plt = 1;
3304 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3305 return FALSE;
3306 }
3307 break;
3308
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3313 return FALSE;
3314 break;
3315
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3320 return FALSE;
3321 break;
3322
3323 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3325 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3326 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3327 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3329 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3330 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3331 goto dodyn;
3332
3333 /* Nor these. */
3334 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3335 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3336 goto dodyn;
3337
3338 case R_PPC_REL32:
3339 if (h == NULL
3340 && got2 != NULL
3341 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3342 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3343 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3344 {
3345 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3346 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3347 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3348 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3349 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3350 PLT call stubs. */
3351 asection *s;
3352 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3353
3354 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3355 abfd, r_symndx);
3356 if (isym == NULL)
3357 return FALSE;
3358
3359 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3360 if (s == got2)
3361 {
3362 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3363 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3364 }
3365 }
3366 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3367 break;
3368 /* fall through */
3369
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3371 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3375 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3376 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3377 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3378 {
3379 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3380 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3381 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3382 return FALSE;
3383
3384 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3385 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3386 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3387 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3388 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3389 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3391 }
3392 goto dodyn;
3393
3394 case R_PPC_REL24:
3395 case R_PPC_REL14:
3396 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3398 if (h == NULL)
3399 break;
3400 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3401 {
3402 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3403 {
3404 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3405 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3406 }
3407 break;
3408 }
3409 /* fall through */
3410
3411 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3412 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3413 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3415 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3416 {
3417 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3418 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3419 h->needs_plt = 1;
3420 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3421 return FALSE;
3422 break;
3423 }
3424
3425 dodyn:
3426 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3427 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3428 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3429 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3430 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3431 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3432 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3433 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3434 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3435 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3436 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3437 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3438 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3439 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3440 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3441 symbol local.
3442
3443 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3444 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3445 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3446 symbol. */
3447 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3448 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3449 || (h != NULL
3450 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3451 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3452 || !h->def_regular))))
3453 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3454 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3455 && h != NULL
3456 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3457 || !h->def_regular)))
3458 {
3459 #ifdef DEBUG
3460 fprintf (stderr,
3461 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3462 "create relocation for %s\n",
3463 (h && h->root.root.string
3464 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3465 #endif
3466 if (sreloc == NULL)
3467 {
3468 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3469 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3470
3471 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3472 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3473
3474 if (sreloc == NULL)
3475 return FALSE;
3476 }
3477
3478 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3479 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3480 if (h != NULL)
3481 {
3482 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3483 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3484
3485 rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs;
3486 p = *rel_head;
3487 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3488 {
3489 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3490 if (p == NULL)
3491 return FALSE;
3492 p->next = *rel_head;
3493 *rel_head = p;
3494 p->sec = sec;
3495 p->count = 0;
3496 p->pc_count = 0;
3497 }
3498 p->count += 1;
3499 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3500 p->pc_count += 1;
3501 }
3502 else
3503 {
3504 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3505 We really need local syms available to do this
3506 easily. Oh well. */
3507 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3508 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3509 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
3510 asection *s;
3511 void *vpp;
3512 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3513
3514 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3515 abfd, r_symndx);
3516 if (isym == NULL)
3517 return FALSE;
3518
3519 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3520 if (s == NULL)
3521 s = sec;
3522
3523 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3524 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3525 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3526 p = *rel_head;
3527 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3528 p = p->next;
3529 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3530 {
3531 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3532 if (p == NULL)
3533 return FALSE;
3534 p->next = *rel_head;
3535 *rel_head = p;
3536 p->sec = sec;
3537 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3538 p->count = 0;
3539 }
3540 p->count += 1;
3541 }
3542 }
3543
3544 break;
3545 }
3546 }
3547
3548 return TRUE;
3549 }
3550 \f
3551 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3552 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3553 bfd_boolean
3554 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3555 {
3556 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3557 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3558 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3559 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
3560 bfd_boolean warn_only;
3561
3562 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3563 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3564 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3565 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3566 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3567 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3568 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3569 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3570 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3571
3572 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3573 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3574
3575 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3576 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3577
3578 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3579 {
3580 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3581 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3582 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3583
3584 if (in_fp == 0)
3585 ;
3586 else if (out_fp == 0)
3587 {
3588 if (!warn_only)
3589 {
3590 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3591 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3592 last_fp = ibfd;
3593 }
3594 }
3595 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3596 {
3597 _bfd_error_handler
3598 /* xgettext:c-format */
3599 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3600 last_fp, ibfd);
3601 ret = warn_only;
3602 }
3603 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3604 {
3605 _bfd_error_handler
3606 /* xgettext:c-format */
3607 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3608 ibfd, last_fp);
3609 ret = warn_only;
3610 }
3611 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3612 {
3613 _bfd_error_handler
3614 /* xgettext:c-format */
3615 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3616 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3617 ret = warn_only;
3618 }
3619 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3620 {
3621 _bfd_error_handler
3622 /* xgettext:c-format */
3623 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3624 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3625 ret = warn_only;
3626 }
3627
3628 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3629 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3630 if (in_fp == 0)
3631 ;
3632 else if (out_fp == 0)
3633 {
3634 if (!warn_only)
3635 {
3636 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3637 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3638 last_ld = ibfd;
3639 }
3640 }
3641 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3642 {
3643 _bfd_error_handler
3644 /* xgettext:c-format */
3645 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3646 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3647 ret = warn_only;
3648 }
3649 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3650 {
3651 _bfd_error_handler
3652 /* xgettext:c-format */
3653 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3654 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3655 ret = warn_only;
3656 }
3657 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3658 {
3659 _bfd_error_handler
3660 /* xgettext:c-format */
3661 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3662 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3663 ret = warn_only;
3664 }
3665 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3666 {
3667 _bfd_error_handler
3668 /* xgettext:c-format */
3669 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3670 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3671 ret = warn_only;
3672 }
3673 }
3674
3675 if (!ret)
3676 {
3677 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3678 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3679 }
3680 return ret;
3681 }
3682
3683 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3684 there are conflicting attributes. */
3685 static bfd_boolean
3686 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3687 {
3688 bfd *obfd;
3689 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3690 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3691 bfd_boolean ret;
3692
3693 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3694 return FALSE;
3695
3696 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3697 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3698 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3699
3700 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3701 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3702 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3703 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3704 ret = TRUE;
3705 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3706 {
3707 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3708 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3709 static bfd *last_vec;
3710
3711 if (in_vec == 0)
3712 ;
3713 else if (out_vec == 0)
3714 {
3715 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3716 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3717 last_vec = ibfd;
3718 }
3719 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3720 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3721 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3722 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3723 case too. */
3724 else if (in_vec == 1)
3725 ;
3726 else if (out_vec == 1)
3727 {
3728 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3729 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3730 last_vec = ibfd;
3731 }
3732 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3733 {
3734 _bfd_error_handler
3735 /* xgettext:c-format */
3736 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3737 last_vec, ibfd);
3738 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3739 ret = FALSE;
3740 }
3741 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3742 {
3743 _bfd_error_handler
3744 /* xgettext:c-format */
3745 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3746 ibfd, last_vec);
3747 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3748 ret = FALSE;
3749 }
3750 }
3751
3752 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3753 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3754 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3755 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3756 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3757 {
3758 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3759 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3760 static bfd *last_struct;
3761
3762 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3763 ;
3764 else if (out_struct == 0)
3765 {
3766 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3767 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3768 last_struct = ibfd;
3769 }
3770 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3771 {
3772 _bfd_error_handler
3773 /* xgettext:c-format */
3774 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3775 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3776 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3777 ret = FALSE;
3778 }
3779 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3780 {
3781 _bfd_error_handler
3782 /* xgettext:c-format */
3783 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3784 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3785 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3786 ret = FALSE;
3787 }
3788 }
3789 if (!ret)
3790 {
3791 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3792 return FALSE;
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3796 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3797 }
3798
3799 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3800 object file when linking. */
3801
3802 static bfd_boolean
3803 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3804 {
3805 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3806 flagword old_flags;
3807 flagword new_flags;
3808 bfd_boolean error;
3809
3810 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3811 return TRUE;
3812
3813 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3814 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3815 return FALSE;
3816
3817 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3818 return FALSE;
3819
3820 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3821 return TRUE;
3822
3823 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3824 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3825 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3826 {
3827 /* First call, no flags set. */
3828 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
3829 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3830 }
3831
3832 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3833 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3834 ;
3835
3836 /* Incompatible flags. */
3837 else
3838 {
3839 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3840 to be linked with either. */
3841 error = FALSE;
3842 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3843 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3844 {
3845 error = TRUE;
3846 _bfd_error_handler
3847 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3848 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3849 }
3850 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3851 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3852 {
3853 error = TRUE;
3854 _bfd_error_handler
3855 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3856 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3857 }
3858
3859 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3860 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3861 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3862
3863 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3864 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3865 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3866 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3867 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3868 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3869
3870 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3871 any module uses it. */
3872 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3873
3874 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3875 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3876
3877 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3878 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3879 {
3880 error = TRUE;
3881 _bfd_error_handler
3882 /* xgettext:c-format */
3883 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3884 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3885 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3886 }
3887
3888 if (error)
3889 {
3890 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3891 return FALSE;
3892 }
3893 }
3894
3895 return TRUE;
3896 }
3897
3898 static void
3899 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3900 asection *input_section,
3901 unsigned long offset,
3902 bfd_byte *loc,
3903 bfd_vma value,
3904 split16_format_type split16_format,
3905 bfd_boolean fixup)
3906 {
3907 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3908
3909 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3910 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3911 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3912 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3913 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3914 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3915 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3916 {
3917 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3918 {
3919 if (fixup)
3920 split16_format = split16a_type;
3921 else
3922 _bfd_error_handler
3923 /* xgettext:c-format */
3924 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3925 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3926 }
3927 }
3928 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3929 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3930 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3931 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3932 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3933 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3934 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3935 {
3936 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3937 {
3938 if (fixup)
3939 split16_format = split16d_type;
3940 else
3941 _bfd_error_handler
3942 /* xgettext:c-format */
3943 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3944 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3945 }
3946 }
3947 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3948 {
3949 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3950 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3951 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3952 {
3953 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3954 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3955 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3956 }
3957 }
3958 else
3959 {
3960 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3961 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3962 }
3963 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3964 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3965 }
3966
3967 static void
3968 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3969 {
3970 unsigned int insn;
3971
3972 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3973 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3974 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3975 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3976 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3977 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3978 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3979 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3981 }
3982
3983 \f
3984 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3985 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3986 int
3987 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3988 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3989 {
3990 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3991 flagword flags;
3992
3993 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3994
3995 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3996 {
3997 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3998
3999 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
4000 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4001 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4002 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4003 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
4004 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL
4005 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
4006 || h->needs_plt)
4007 && h->ref_regular
4008 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4009 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4010 {
4011 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
4012 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
4013 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
4014 r30 to be set up. */
4015 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4016 }
4017 else
4018 {
4019 bfd *ibfd;
4020 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4021
4022 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4023 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4024 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4025 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4026 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4027 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4028 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4029 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4030 {
4031 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4032 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4033 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4034 {
4035 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4036 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4037 break;
4038 }
4039 }
4040 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4041 }
4042 }
4043 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4044 {
4045 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4046 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4047 else
4048 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4049 }
4050
4051 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4052
4053 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4054 {
4055 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4056 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4057
4058 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4059 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4060 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4061 return -1;
4062
4063 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4064 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4065 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4066 return -1;
4067 }
4068 else
4069 {
4070 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4071 if (htab->glink != NULL
4072 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4073 return -1;
4074 }
4075 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4076 }
4077 \f
4078 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4079 relocation. */
4080
4081 static asection *
4082 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4083 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4084 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4085 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4086 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4087 {
4088 if (h != NULL)
4089 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4090 {
4091 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4092 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4093 return NULL;
4094 }
4095
4096 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4097 }
4098
4099 static bfd_boolean
4100 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4101 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4102 asection **symsecp,
4103 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4104 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4105 unsigned long r_symndx,
4106 bfd *ibfd)
4107 {
4108 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4109
4110 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4111 {
4112 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4113 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4114
4115 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4116 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4117 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4118 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4119
4120 if (hp != NULL)
4121 *hp = h;
4122
4123 if (symp != NULL)
4124 *symp = NULL;
4125
4126 if (symsecp != NULL)
4127 {
4128 asection *symsec = NULL;
4129 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4130 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4131 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4132 *symsecp = symsec;
4133 }
4134
4135 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4136 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4137 }
4138 else
4139 {
4140 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4141 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4142
4143 if (locsyms == NULL)
4144 {
4145 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4146 if (locsyms == NULL)
4147 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4148 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4149 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4150 if (locsyms == NULL)
4151 return FALSE;
4152 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4153 }
4154 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4155
4156 if (hp != NULL)
4157 *hp = NULL;
4158
4159 if (symp != NULL)
4160 *symp = sym;
4161
4162 if (symsecp != NULL)
4163 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4164
4165 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4166 {
4167 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4168 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4169
4170 tls_mask = NULL;
4171 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4172 if (local_got != NULL)
4173 {
4174 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4175 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4176 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4177 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4178 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4179 }
4180 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4181 }
4182 }
4183 return TRUE;
4184 }
4185 \f
4186 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4187 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4188
4189 bfd_boolean
4190 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4191 {
4192 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4193 bfd *ibfd;
4194 asection *sec;
4195 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4196
4197 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4198 if (htab == NULL)
4199 return FALSE;
4200
4201 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4202 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4203 between the call and its destination. */
4204 limit = 0x1e00000;
4205 low_vma = -1;
4206 high_vma = 0;
4207 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4208 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4209 {
4210 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4211 low_vma = sec->vma;
4212 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4213 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4214 }
4215
4216 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4217 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4218 is local. */
4219 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4220 {
4221 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4222 return TRUE;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4226 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4227 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4228 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4229 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4230 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4231 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4232 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4233 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4234 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4235 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4236 together except their symbol. */
4237
4238 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4239 {
4240 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4241 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4242
4243 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4244 continue;
4245
4246 local_syms = NULL;
4247 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4248
4249 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4250 if (sec->has_pltcall
4251 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4252 {
4253 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4254
4255 /* Read the relocations. */
4256 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4257 info->keep_memory);
4258 if (relstart == NULL)
4259 return FALSE;
4260
4261 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4262 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
4263 {
4264 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4265 unsigned long r_symndx;
4266 asection *sym_sec;
4267 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4268 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4269 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4270
4271 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4272 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4273 continue;
4274
4275 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4276 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4277 r_symndx, ibfd))
4278 {
4279 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4280 free (relstart);
4281 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4282 free (local_syms);
4283 return FALSE;
4284 }
4285
4286 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4287 {
4288 bfd_vma from, to;
4289 if (h != NULL)
4290 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4291 else
4292 to = sym->st_value;
4293 to += (rel->r_addend
4294 + sym_sec->output_offset
4295 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4296 from = (rel->r_offset
4297 + sec->output_offset
4298 + sec->output_section->vma);
4299 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4300 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4301 }
4302 }
4303 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4304 free (relstart);
4305 }
4306
4307 if (local_syms != NULL
4308 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4309 {
4310 if (!info->keep_memory)
4311 free (local_syms);
4312 else
4313 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4314 }
4315 }
4316
4317 return TRUE;
4318 }
4319
4320 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4321 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4322
4323 asection *
4324 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4325 {
4326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4327
4328 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4329 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4330 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4331 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4332 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4333
4334 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4335 {
4336 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4337 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4338 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4339 if (opt != NULL
4340 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4341 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4342 {
4343 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4344 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4345 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4346 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4347 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4348 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4349 && tga != NULL
4350 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4351 || tga->needs_plt)
4352 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4353 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4354 {
4355 struct plt_entry *ent;
4356 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4357 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4358 break;
4359 if (ent != NULL)
4360 {
4361 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4362 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4363 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4364 opt->mark = 1;
4365 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4366 {
4367 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4368 opt->dynindx = -1;
4369 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4370 opt->dynstr_index);
4371 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4372 return FALSE;
4373 }
4374 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4375 }
4376 }
4377 }
4378 else
4379 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4380 }
4381 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4382 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4383 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4384 {
4385 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4386 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4387 }
4388
4389 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4390 }
4391
4392 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4393 HASH. */
4394
4395 static bfd_boolean
4396 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4397 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4398 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4399 {
4400 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4401 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4402 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4403
4404 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4405 {
4406 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4407 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4408
4409 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4410 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4411 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4412 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4413 if (h == hash)
4414 return TRUE;
4415 }
4416 return FALSE;
4417 }
4418
4419 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4420 opportunities. */
4421
4422 bfd_boolean
4423 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4424 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4425 {
4426 bfd *ibfd;
4427 asection *sec;
4428 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4429 int pass;
4430
4431 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4432 return TRUE;
4433
4434 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4435 if (htab == NULL)
4436 return FALSE;
4437
4438 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4439 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4440 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4441 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4442 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4443 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4444 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4445 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4446 {
4447 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4448 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4449
4450 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4451 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4452 {
4453 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4454 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4455
4456 /* Read the relocations. */
4457 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4458 info->keep_memory);
4459 if (relstart == NULL)
4460 return FALSE;
4461
4462 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4463 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4464 {
4465 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4466 unsigned long r_symndx;
4467 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4468 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4469 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4470 bfd_boolean is_local;
4471 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4472
4473 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4474 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4475 {
4476 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4477
4478 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4479 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4480 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4481 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4482 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4483 }
4484
4485 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4486 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4487 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4488 without marker relocs, then check that each
4489 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4490 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4491 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4492 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4493 if (pass == 0
4494 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4495 && h != NULL
4496 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4497 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4498 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4499 {
4500 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4501 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4502 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4503 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4504 free (relstart);
4505 return TRUE;
4506 }
4507
4508 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4509 switch (r_type)
4510 {
4511 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4513 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4514 /* Fall through. */
4515
4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4518 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4519 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4520 that turns out to be the case. */
4521 if (!is_local)
4522 continue;
4523
4524 /* LD -> LE */
4525 tls_set = 0;
4526 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4527 break;
4528
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4531 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4532 /* Fall through. */
4533
4534 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4535 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4536 if (is_local)
4537 /* GD -> LE */
4538 tls_set = 0;
4539 else
4540 /* GD -> IE */
4541 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4542 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4543 break;
4544
4545 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4546 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4547 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4548 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4549 if (is_local)
4550 {
4551 /* IE -> LE */
4552 tls_set = 0;
4553 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4554 break;
4555 }
4556 else
4557 continue;
4558
4559 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4560 if (!is_local)
4561 continue;
4562 /* Fall through. */
4563 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4564 if (rel + 1 < relend
4565 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4566 {
4567 if (pass != 0
4568 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4569 {
4570 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4571 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4572 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4573 {
4574 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4575
4576 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4577 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4578 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4579 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4580 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4581 if (h != NULL)
4582 {
4583 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4584 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4585
4586 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4587 addend = rel->r_addend;
4588 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4589 got2, addend);
4590 if (ent != NULL
4591 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4592 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4593 }
4594 }
4595 }
4596 continue;
4597 }
4598 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4599 tls_set = 0;
4600 tls_clear = 0;
4601 break;
4602
4603 default:
4604 continue;
4605 }
4606
4607 if (pass == 0)
4608 {
4609 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4610 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4611 continue;
4612
4613 if (rel + 1 < relend
4614 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4615 htab->tls_get_addr))
4616 continue;
4617
4618 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4619 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4620 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4621 the entire optimization. */
4622 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4623 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4624 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4625 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4626 free (relstart);
4627 return TRUE;
4628 }
4629
4630 if (h != NULL)
4631 {
4632 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4633 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4634 }
4635 else
4636 {
4637 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4638 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4639 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4640
4641 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4642 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4643 abort ();
4644 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4645 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4646 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4647 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4648 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4649 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4650 }
4651
4652 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4653 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4654 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4655 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4656 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4657 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4658 Disable optimization in this case. */
4659 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4660 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4661 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4662 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4663 continue;
4664
4665 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4666 {
4667 struct plt_entry *ent;
4668 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4669
4670 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4671 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4672 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4673 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4674 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4675 got2, addend);
4676 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4677 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4678 }
4679 if (tls_clear == 0)
4680 continue;
4681
4682 if (tls_set == 0)
4683 {
4684 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4685 if (*got_count > 0)
4686 *got_count -= 1;
4687 }
4688
4689 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4690 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4691 }
4692
4693 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4694 free (relstart);
4695 }
4696 }
4697 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4698 return TRUE;
4699 }
4700 \f
4701 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4702
4703 static asection *
4704 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4705 {
4706 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4707
4708 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4709 {
4710 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
4711
4712 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4713 return p->sec;
4714 }
4715 return NULL;
4716 }
4717
4718 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4719 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4720 size_dynamic_sections. */
4721
4722 static bfd_boolean
4723 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4724 {
4725 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4726 do
4727 {
4728 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4729 return TRUE;
4730 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4731 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4732
4733 return FALSE;
4734 }
4735
4736 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4737
4738 static bfd_boolean
4739 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4740 {
4741 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4742
4743 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4744 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4745 return TRUE;
4746 return FALSE;
4747 }
4748
4749 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4750 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4751 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4752 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4753 understand. */
4754
4755 static bfd_boolean
4756 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4757 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4758 {
4759 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4760 asection *s;
4761
4762 #ifdef DEBUG
4763 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4764 h->root.root.string);
4765 #endif
4766
4767 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4768 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4769 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4770 && (h->needs_plt
4771 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4772 || h->is_weakalias
4773 || (h->def_dynamic
4774 && h->ref_regular
4775 && !h->def_regular)));
4776
4777 /* Deal with function syms. */
4778 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4779 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4780 || h->needs_plt)
4781 {
4782 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4783 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4784 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4785 function symbol is local. */
4786 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4787 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4788
4789 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4790 won't need a .plt entry. */
4791 struct plt_entry *ent;
4792 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4793 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4794 break;
4795 if (ent == NULL
4796 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4797 && local
4798 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4799 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4800 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4801 {
4802 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4803
4804 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4805 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4806 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4807
4808 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4809
4810 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4811 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4812 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4813 h->needs_plt = 0;
4814 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4815 }
4816 else
4817 {
4818 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4819 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4820 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4821 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4822 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4823 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4824 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4825 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4826 than link time. */
4827 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4828 || (h->non_got_ref
4829 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4830 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4831 && !htab->is_vxworks
4832 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4833 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4834 {
4835 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4836 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4837 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4838 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4839 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4840 }
4841 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4842 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4843 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4844 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4845 }
4846 h->protected_def = 0;
4847 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4848 return TRUE;
4849 }
4850 else
4851 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4852
4853 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4854 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4855 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4856 if (h->is_weakalias)
4857 {
4858 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4859 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4860 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4861 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4862 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4863 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4864 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4865 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4866 return TRUE;
4867 }
4868
4869 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4870 is not a function. */
4871
4872 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4873 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4874 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4875 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4876 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4877 {
4878 h->protected_def = 0;
4879 return TRUE;
4880 }
4881
4882 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4883 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4884 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4885 {
4886 h->protected_def = 0;
4887 return TRUE;
4888 }
4889
4890 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4891 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4892 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4893 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4894 if (h->protected_def)
4895 {
4896 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4897 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4898 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4899 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4900 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4901 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4902 return TRUE;
4903 }
4904
4905 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4906 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4907 return TRUE;
4908
4909 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4910 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4911 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4912 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4913 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4914 executable. */
4915 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4916 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4917 && !htab->is_vxworks
4918 && !h->def_regular
4919 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4920 return TRUE;
4921
4922 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4923 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4924 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4925 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4926 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4927 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4928 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4929 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4930 same memory location for the variable.
4931
4932 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4933 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4934 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4935 s = htab->dynsbss;
4936 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4937 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4938 else
4939 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4940 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4941
4942 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4943 {
4944 asection *srel;
4945
4946 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4947 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4948 and into the runtime process image. */
4949 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4950 srel = htab->relsbss;
4951 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4952 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4953 else
4954 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4955 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4956 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4957 h->needs_copy = 1;
4958 }
4959
4960 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4961 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4962 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4963 }
4964 \f
4965 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4966 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4967 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4968 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4969 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4970
4971 static bfd_boolean
4972 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4973 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4974 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4975 {
4976 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4977 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4978 char *name;
4979 const char *stub;
4980 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4981
4982 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4983 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4984 else
4985 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4986
4987 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4988 len2 = strlen (stub);
4989 len3 = 0;
4990 if (ent->sec)
4991 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4992 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4993 if (name == NULL)
4994 return FALSE;
4995 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4996 if (ent->sec)
4997 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4998 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4999 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
5000 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5001 if (sh == NULL)
5002 return FALSE;
5003 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5004 {
5005 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5006 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5007 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5008 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5009 sh->def_regular = 1;
5010 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5011 sh->forced_local = 1;
5012 sh->non_elf = 0;
5013 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5014 }
5015 return TRUE;
5016 }
5017
5018 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5019 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5020
5021 static bfd_vma
5022 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5023 {
5024 bfd_vma where;
5025 unsigned int max_before_header;
5026
5027 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5028 {
5029 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5030 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5031 }
5032 else
5033 {
5034 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5035 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5036 {
5037 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5038 htab->got_gap -= need;
5039 }
5040 else
5041 {
5042 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5043 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5044 {
5045 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5046 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5047 }
5048 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5049 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5050 }
5051 }
5052 return where;
5053 }
5054
5055 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5056 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5057
5058 static inline unsigned int
5059 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5060 {
5061 unsigned int need;
5062 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5063 need = 4;
5064 else
5065 {
5066 need = 0;
5067 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5068 need += 8;
5069 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5070 need += 4;
5071 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5072 need += 4;
5073 }
5074 return need;
5075 }
5076
5077 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5078
5079 static bfd_boolean
5080 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5081 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5082 {
5083 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5084
5085 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5086 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5087 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5088 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5089 && h->dynindx == -1
5090 && !h->forced_local
5091 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5092 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5093 return TRUE;
5094 }
5095
5096 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5097
5098 static bfd_boolean
5099 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5100 {
5101 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5102 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5103 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5104 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5105 bfd_boolean dyn;
5106
5107 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5108 return TRUE;
5109
5110 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5111 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5112 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5113 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5114 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5115 && eh->elf.protected_def
5116 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5117 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5118 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5119 {
5120 unsigned int need;
5121
5122 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5123 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5124 return FALSE;
5125
5126 need = 0;
5127 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5128 {
5129 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5130 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5131 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5132 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5133 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5134 else
5135 need += 8;
5136 }
5137 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5138 if (need == 0)
5139 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5140 else
5141 {
5142 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5143 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5144 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5145 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5146 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5147 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5148 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5149 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5150 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5151 {
5152 asection *rsec;
5153
5154 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5155 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5156 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5157 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5158 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5159 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5160 rsec->size += need;
5161 }
5162 }
5163 }
5164 else
5165 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5166
5167 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5168 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5169 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5170 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5171 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5172
5173 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5174 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5175 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5176 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5177
5178 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5179 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5180 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5181 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5182
5183 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5184 ;
5185
5186 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5187 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5188 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5189 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5190 changes. */
5191 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5192 {
5193 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5194 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5195 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5196 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5197 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5198 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5199 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5200 {
5201 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5202
5203 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5204 {
5205 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5206 p->pc_count = 0;
5207 if (p->count == 0)
5208 *pp = p->next;
5209 else
5210 pp = &p->next;
5211 }
5212 }
5213
5214 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5215 {
5216 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5217
5218 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5219 {
5220 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5221 *pp = p->next;
5222 else
5223 pp = &p->next;
5224 }
5225 }
5226
5227 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5228 {
5229 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5230 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5231 return FALSE;
5232 }
5233 }
5234 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5235 {
5236 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5237 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5238 dynamic. */
5239 if (h->dynamic_adjusted
5240 && !h->def_regular
5241 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5242 && !(h->protected_def
5243 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5244 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5245 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5246 {
5247 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5248 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5249 return FALSE;
5250
5251 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5252 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5253 }
5254 else
5255 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5256 }
5257
5258 /* Allocate space. */
5259 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5260 {
5261 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5262 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5263 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5264 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5265 }
5266
5267 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5268 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5269 a) is dynamic, or
5270 b) is an ifunc, or
5271 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5272 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5273 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1;
5274 if (dyn
5275 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5276 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5277 || (h->needs_plt
5278 && h->def_regular
5279 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5280 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5281 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5282 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5283 {
5284 struct plt_entry *ent;
5285 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5286 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5287
5288 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5289 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5290 {
5291 asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
5292
5293 if (!dyn)
5294 {
5295 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5296 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5297 else
5298 s = htab->pltlocal;
5299 }
5300
5301 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5302 {
5303 if (!doneone)
5304 {
5305 plt_offset = s->size;
5306 s->size += 4;
5307 }
5308 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5309
5310 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5311 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5312 else
5313 {
5314 s = htab->glink;
5315 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5316 {
5317 glink_offset = s->size;
5318 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5319 }
5320 if (!doneone
5321 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5322 && h->def_dynamic
5323 && !h->def_regular)
5324 {
5325 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5326 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5327 }
5328 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5329
5330 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5331 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5332 return FALSE;
5333 }
5334 }
5335 else
5336 {
5337 if (!doneone)
5338 {
5339 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5340 for the special first entry. */
5341 if (s->size == 0)
5342 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5343
5344 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5345 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5346 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5347 word available at the end. */
5348 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5349 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5350 * ((s->size
5351 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5352 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5353
5354 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5355 file, and we are not generating a shared
5356 library, then set the symbol to this location
5357 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5358 relocations, and is required to make
5359 function pointers compare as equal between
5360 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5361 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5362 && h->def_dynamic
5363 && !h->def_regular)
5364 {
5365 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5366 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5367 }
5368
5369 /* Make room for this entry. */
5370 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5371 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5372 is allocated. */
5373 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5374 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5375 / htab->plt_entry_size
5376 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5377 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5378 }
5379 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5380 }
5381
5382 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5383 if (!doneone)
5384 {
5385 if (!dyn)
5386 {
5387 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5388 {
5389 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5390 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5391 }
5392 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5393 {
5394 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5395 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5396 }
5397 }
5398 else
5399 {
5400 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5401
5402 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5403 {
5404 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5405 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5406 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5407 {
5408 if (ent->plt.offset
5409 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5410 {
5411 htab->srelplt2->size
5412 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5413 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5414 }
5415
5416 htab->srelplt2->size
5417 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5418 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5419 }
5420
5421 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5422 .got.plt. */
5423 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5424 }
5425 }
5426 doneone = TRUE;
5427 }
5428 }
5429 else
5430 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5431
5432 if (!doneone)
5433 {
5434 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5435 h->needs_plt = 0;
5436 }
5437 }
5438 else
5439 {
5440 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5441 h->needs_plt = 0;
5442 }
5443
5444 return TRUE;
5445 }
5446
5447 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5448 read-only sections. */
5449
5450 static bfd_boolean
5451 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
5452 {
5453 asection *sec;
5454
5455 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5456 return TRUE;
5457
5458 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
5459 if (sec != NULL)
5460 {
5461 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
5462
5463 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5464 info->callbacks->minfo
5465 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5466 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
5467
5468 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5469 return FALSE;
5470 }
5471 return TRUE;
5472 }
5473
5474 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5475 {
5476 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5477 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5478 1, /* CIE version. */
5479 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5480 4, /* Code alignment. */
5481 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5482 65, /* RA reg. */
5483 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5484 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5485 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5486 };
5487
5488 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5489
5490 static bfd_boolean
5491 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5492 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5493 {
5494 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5495 asection *s;
5496 bfd_boolean relocs;
5497 bfd *ibfd;
5498
5499 #ifdef DEBUG
5500 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5501 #endif
5502
5503 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5504 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5505
5506 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5507 {
5508 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5509 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5510 {
5511 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5512 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5513 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5514 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5515 }
5516 }
5517
5518 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5519 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5520 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5521 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5522
5523 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5524 relocs. */
5525 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5526 {
5527 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5528 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5529 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5530 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5531 char *lgot_masks;
5532 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5533 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5534
5535 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5536 continue;
5537
5538 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5539 {
5540 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5541
5542 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5543 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5544 p != NULL;
5545 p = p->next)
5546 {
5547 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5548 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5549 {
5550 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5551 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5552 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5553 the relocs too. */
5554 }
5555 else if (htab->is_vxworks
5556 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5557 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5558 {
5559 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5560 handled specially by the loader. */
5561 }
5562 else if (p->count != 0)
5563 {
5564 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5565 if (p->ifunc)
5566 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5567 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5568 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5569 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5570 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5571 {
5572 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5573 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5574 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5575 }
5576 }
5577 }
5578 }
5579
5580 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5581 if (!local_got)
5582 continue;
5583
5584 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5585 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5586 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5587 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5588 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5589 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5590
5591 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5592 if (*local_got > 0)
5593 {
5594 unsigned int need;
5595 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5596 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5597 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5598 if (need == 0)
5599 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5600 else
5601 {
5602 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5603 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5604 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5605 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5606 {
5607 asection *srel;
5608
5609 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5610 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5611 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5612 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5613 srel->size += need;
5614 }
5615 }
5616 }
5617 else
5618 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5619
5620 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5621 continue;
5622
5623 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5624 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5625 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5626 {
5627 struct plt_entry *ent;
5628 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5629 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5630
5631 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5632 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5633 {
5634 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5635 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5636 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5637 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5638 {
5639 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5640 continue;
5641 }
5642 else
5643 s = htab->pltlocal;
5644
5645 if (!doneone)
5646 {
5647 plt_offset = s->size;
5648 s->size += 4;
5649 }
5650 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5651
5652 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5653 {
5654 s = htab->glink;
5655 glink_offset = s->size;
5656 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5657 }
5658 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5659
5660 if (!doneone)
5661 {
5662 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5663 {
5664 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5665 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5666 }
5667 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5668 {
5669 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5670 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5671 }
5672 doneone = TRUE;
5673 }
5674 }
5675 else
5676 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5677 }
5678 }
5679
5680 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5681 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5682
5683 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5684 {
5685 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5686 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5687 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5688 }
5689 else
5690 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5691
5692 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5693 {
5694 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5695
5696 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5697 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5698 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5699 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5700 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5701 {
5702 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5703 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5704 g_o_t += 4;
5705 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5706 }
5707
5708 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5709 }
5710 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5711 {
5712 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5713
5714 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5715 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5716 }
5717 if (info->emitrelocations)
5718 {
5719 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5720
5721 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5722 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5723 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5724 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5725 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5726 }
5727
5728 if (htab->glink != NULL
5729 && htab->glink->size != 0
5730 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5731 {
5732 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5733 /* Space for the branch table. */
5734 htab->glink->size
5735 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5736 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5737 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5738 ? 63 : 15);
5739 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5740
5741 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5742 {
5743 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5744 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5745 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5746 if (sh == NULL)
5747 return FALSE;
5748 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5749 {
5750 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5751 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5752 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5753 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5754 sh->def_regular = 1;
5755 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5756 sh->forced_local = 1;
5757 sh->non_elf = 0;
5758 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5759 }
5760 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5761 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5762 if (sh == NULL)
5763 return FALSE;
5764 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5765 {
5766 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5767 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5768 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5769 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5770 sh->def_regular = 1;
5771 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5772 sh->forced_local = 1;
5773 sh->non_elf = 0;
5774 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5775 }
5776 }
5777 }
5778
5779 if (htab->glink != NULL
5780 && htab->glink->size != 0
5781 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5782 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5783 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5784 {
5785 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5786 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5787 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5788 {
5789 s->size += 4;
5790 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5791 s->size += 4;
5792 }
5793 }
5794
5795 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5796 Allocate memory for them. */
5797 relocs = FALSE;
5798 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5799 {
5800 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5801
5802 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5803 continue;
5804
5805 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5806 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5807 {
5808 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5809 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5810 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5811 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5812 strip_section = FALSE;
5813 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5814 comment below. */
5815 }
5816 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5817 || s == htab->pltlocal
5818 || s == htab->glink
5819 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5820 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5821 || s == htab->sbss
5822 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5823 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5824 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5825 {
5826 /* Strip these too. */
5827 }
5828 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5829 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5830 {
5831 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5832 }
5833 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5834 {
5835 if (s->size != 0)
5836 {
5837 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5838 relocs = TRUE;
5839
5840 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5841 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5842 s->reloc_count = 0;
5843 }
5844 }
5845 else
5846 {
5847 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5848 continue;
5849 }
5850
5851 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5852 {
5853 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5854 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5855 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5856 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5857 before the linker maps input sections to output
5858 sections. The linker does that before
5859 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5860 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5861 into these sections. */
5862 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5863 continue;
5864 }
5865
5866 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5867 continue;
5868
5869 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5870 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5871 if (s->contents == NULL)
5872 return FALSE;
5873 }
5874
5875 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5876 {
5877 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5878 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5879 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5880 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5881 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5882 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5883 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5884
5885 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
5886 {
5887 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5888 return FALSE;
5889 }
5890
5891 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
5892 {
5893 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5894 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5895 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5896 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5897 return FALSE;
5898 }
5899
5900 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5901 && htab->glink != NULL
5902 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5903 {
5904 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5905 return FALSE;
5906 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5907 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5908 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5909 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5910 return FALSE;
5911 }
5912
5913 if (relocs)
5914 {
5915 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5916 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5917 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5918 return FALSE;
5919 }
5920
5921 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5922 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5923 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5924 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
5925 info);
5926
5927 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5928 {
5929 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5930 return FALSE;
5931 }
5932 if (htab->is_vxworks
5933 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5934 return FALSE;
5935 }
5936 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5937
5938 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5939 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5940 {
5941 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5942 bfd_vma val;
5943
5944 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5945 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5946 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5947 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5948 /* FDE length. */
5949 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5950 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5951 p += 4;
5952 /* CIE pointer. */
5953 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5954 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5955 p += 4;
5956 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5957 p += 4;
5958 /* .glink size. */
5959 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5960 p += 4;
5961 /* Augmentation. */
5962 p += 1;
5963
5964 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5965 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5966 {
5967 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5968 if (adv < 64)
5969 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5970 else if (adv < 256)
5971 {
5972 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5973 *p++ = adv;
5974 }
5975 else if (adv < 65536)
5976 {
5977 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5978 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5979 p += 2;
5980 }
5981 else
5982 {
5983 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5984 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5985 p += 4;
5986 }
5987 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5988 *p++ = 65;
5989 p++;
5990 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5991 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5992 *p++ = 65;
5993 }
5994 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5995 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5996 }
5997
5998 return TRUE;
5999 }
6000
6001 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
6002 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
6003
6004 static void
6005 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
6006 {
6007 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
6008
6009 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
6010 {
6011 asection *s;
6012
6013 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
6014 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6015 {
6016 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
6017 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6018 {
6019 sda->def_regular = 0;
6020 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6021 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6022 sda->forced_local = 0;
6023 }
6024 }
6025 }
6026 }
6027
6028 void
6029 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6030 {
6031 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6032
6033 if (htab != NULL)
6034 {
6035 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6036 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6037 }
6038 }
6039
6040
6041 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6042
6043 static bfd_boolean
6044 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6045 {
6046 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6047 && !h->def_regular
6048 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6049 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6050 return FALSE;
6051
6052 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6053 }
6054 \f
6055 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6056
6057 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6058 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6059 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6060 {
6061 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6062 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6063 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6064 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6065 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6066 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6067 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6068 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6069 };
6070
6071 static const int stub_entry[] =
6072 {
6073 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6074 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6075 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6076 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6077 };
6078
6079 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6080 {
6081 unsigned int workaround_size;
6082 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6083 };
6084
6085 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6086 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6087 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6088 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6089
6090 static bfd_boolean
6091 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6092 asection *isec,
6093 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6094 bfd_boolean *again)
6095 {
6096 struct one_branch_fixup
6097 {
6098 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6099 asection *tsec;
6100 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6101 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6102 bfd_vma toff;
6103 bfd_vma trampoff;
6104 };
6105
6106 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6107 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6108 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6109 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6110 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6111 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6112 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6113 unsigned changes = 0;
6114 bfd_boolean workaround_change;
6115 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6116 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6117 asection *got2;
6118 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
6119
6120 *again = FALSE;
6121
6122 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6123 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6124 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6125 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6126 || isec->size < 4)
6127 return TRUE;
6128
6129 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6130 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6131 anyway. */
6132 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6133 return TRUE;
6134
6135 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6136 if (htab == NULL)
6137 return TRUE;
6138
6139 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6140 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6141 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6142 trampbase = isec->size;
6143
6144 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6145 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6146 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6147
6148 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6149 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6150 {
6151 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6152 {
6153 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6154 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6155 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6156 return FALSE;
6157 }
6158 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6159 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6160 }
6161
6162 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6163 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6164 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6165 trampoff = trampbase;
6166 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6167 trampoff += 4;
6168
6169 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6170 picfixup_size = 0;
6171 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6172 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6173 {
6174 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6175 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6176 {
6177 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6178 link_info->keep_memory);
6179 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6180 goto error_return;
6181 }
6182
6183 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6184
6185 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6186 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6187 {
6188 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6189 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6190 asection *tsec;
6191 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6192 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6193 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6194 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6195 unsigned long t0;
6196 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6197 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6198 struct plt_entry **plist;
6199 unsigned char sym_type;
6200
6201 switch (r_type)
6202 {
6203 case R_PPC_REL24:
6204 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6205 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6206 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6207 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6208 break;
6209
6210 case R_PPC_REL14:
6211 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6212 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6213 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6214 break;
6215
6216 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6217 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6218 break;
6219 continue;
6220
6221 default:
6222 continue;
6223 }
6224
6225 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6226 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6227 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6228 goto error_return;
6229
6230 if (isym != NULL)
6231 {
6232 if (tsec != NULL)
6233 ;
6234 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6235 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6236 else
6237 continue;
6238
6239 toff = isym->st_value;
6240 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6241 }
6242 else
6243 {
6244 if (tsec != NULL)
6245 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6246 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6247 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6248 {
6249 unsigned long indx;
6250
6251 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6252 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6253 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6254 }
6255 else
6256 continue;
6257
6258 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6259 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6260 branch stub in that case. */
6261 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6262 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6263 && irel != internal_relocs)
6264 {
6265 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6266 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6267 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6268
6269 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6270 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6271 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6272 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6273 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6274 {
6275 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6276
6277 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6278 {
6279 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6280 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6281 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6282 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6283 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6284 }
6285 }
6286 else
6287 {
6288 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6289 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6290
6291 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6292 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6293 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6294
6295 tls_mask
6296 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6297 }
6298
6299 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6300 optimised away. */
6301 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6302 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6303 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6304 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6305 continue;
6306 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6307 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6308 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6309 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6310 continue;
6311 }
6312
6313 sym_type = h->type;
6314 }
6315
6316 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6317 {
6318 if (h != NULL
6319 && !h->def_regular
6320 && h->protected_def
6321 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6322 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6323 picfixup_size += 12;
6324 continue;
6325 }
6326
6327 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6328 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6329 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6330 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6331 plist = NULL;
6332 if (h != NULL)
6333 {
6334 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6335 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6336 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6337 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6338 }
6339 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6340 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6341 {
6342 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6343 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6344 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6345 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6346 }
6347 if (plist != NULL)
6348 {
6349 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6350 struct plt_entry *ent;
6351
6352 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6353 addend = irel->r_addend;
6354 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6355 if (ent != NULL)
6356 {
6357 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6358 || h == NULL
6359 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6360 || h->dynindx == -1)
6361 {
6362 tsec = htab->glink;
6363 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6364 }
6365 else
6366 {
6367 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6368 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6369 }
6370 }
6371 }
6372
6373 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6374 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6375 branch overflow. */
6376 if (tsec == isec)
6377 continue;
6378
6379 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6380 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6381 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6382 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6383 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6384 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6385 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6386 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6387 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6388 continue;
6389
6390 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6391 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6392 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6393 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6394 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6395 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6396 {
6397 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6398 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6399 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6400 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6401 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6402
6403 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6404 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6405 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6406 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6407 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6408 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6409 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6410 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6411 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6412 location of interest is just "sym". */
6413 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6414 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6415 toff += irel->r_addend;
6416
6417 toff
6418 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6419 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6420 toff);
6421
6422 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6423 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6424 toff += irel->r_addend;
6425 }
6426 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6427 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6428 toff += irel->r_addend;
6429
6430 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6431 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6432 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6433 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6434 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6435 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6436 continue;
6437
6438 roff = irel->r_offset;
6439
6440 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6441 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6442 fixup can be created at final link.
6443 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6444 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6445 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6446 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6447 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6448 continue;
6449
6450 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6451 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6452 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6453 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6454 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6455 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6456 {
6457 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6458
6459 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6460 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6461 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6462 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6463 continue;
6464 }
6465
6466 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6467 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6468 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6469 break;
6470
6471 if (f == NULL)
6472 {
6473 size_t size;
6474 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6475
6476 val = trampoff - roff;
6477 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6478 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6479 one. We'll report an error later. */
6480 continue;
6481
6482 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6483 {
6484 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6485 insn_offset = 12;
6486 }
6487 else
6488 {
6489 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6490 insn_offset = 0;
6491 }
6492 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6493 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6494 || tsec == htab->glink)
6495 {
6496 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6497 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6498 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6499 }
6500
6501 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6502 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6503 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6504 stub_rtype);
6505 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6506 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6507 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6508 irel->r_addend = 0;
6509
6510 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6511 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6512 f->next = branch_fixups;
6513 f->tsec = tsec;
6514 f->toff = toff;
6515 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6516 branch_fixups = f;
6517
6518 trampoff += size;
6519 changes++;
6520 }
6521 else
6522 {
6523 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6524 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6525 continue;
6526
6527 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6528 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6529 }
6530
6531 /* Get the section contents. */
6532 if (contents == NULL)
6533 {
6534 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6535 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6536 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6537 /* Go get them off disk. */
6538 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6539 goto error_return;
6540 }
6541
6542 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6543 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6544 switch (r_type)
6545 {
6546 case R_PPC_REL24:
6547 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6548 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6549 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6550 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6551 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6552 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6553 break;
6554
6555 case R_PPC_REL14:
6556 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6557 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6558 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6559 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6560 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6561 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6562 break;
6563 }
6564 }
6565
6566 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6567 {
6568 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6569 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6570 free (f);
6571 }
6572 }
6573
6574 workaround_change = FALSE;
6575 newsize = trampoff;
6576 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6577 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6578 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6579 {
6580 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6581 unsigned int crossings;
6582 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6583
6584 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6585 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6586 addr &= -pagesize;
6587 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6588 if (crossings != 0)
6589 {
6590 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6591 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6592 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6593 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6594 newsize += crossings * 16;
6595 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6596 {
6597 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6598 workaround_change = TRUE;
6599 }
6600 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6601 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6602 }
6603 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6604 }
6605
6606 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6607 {
6608 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6609 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6610 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6611 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6612 }
6613
6614 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6615 isec->size = newsize;
6616
6617 if (isymbuf != NULL
6618 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6619 {
6620 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6621 free (isymbuf);
6622 else
6623 {
6624 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6625 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6626 }
6627 }
6628
6629 if (contents != NULL
6630 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6631 {
6632 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6633 free (contents);
6634 else
6635 {
6636 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6637 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6638 }
6639 }
6640
6641 changes += picfixup_size;
6642 if (changes != 0)
6643 {
6644 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6645 information for the trampolines. */
6646 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6647 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6648 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6649 unsigned ix;
6650
6651 if (!new_relocs)
6652 goto error_return;
6653 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6654 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6655 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6656 {
6657 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6658
6659 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6660 }
6661 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6662 free (internal_relocs);
6663 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6664 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6665 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6666 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6667 }
6668 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6669 free (internal_relocs);
6670
6671 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6672 return TRUE;
6673
6674 error_return:
6675 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6676 {
6677 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6678 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6679 free (f);
6680 }
6681 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6682 free (isymbuf);
6683 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6684 free (contents);
6685 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6686 free (internal_relocs);
6687 return FALSE;
6688 }
6689 \f
6690 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6691 discarded sections. */
6692
6693 static unsigned int
6694 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6695 {
6696 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6697 return 0;
6698
6699 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6700 return 0;
6701
6702 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6703 }
6704 \f
6705 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6706
6707 static bfd_vma
6708 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6709 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6710 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6711 bfd_vma relocation,
6712 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6713 {
6714 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6715
6716 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6717
6718 if (h != NULL)
6719 {
6720 /* Handle global symbol. */
6721 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6722
6723 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6724 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6725 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6726 }
6727 else
6728 {
6729 /* Handle local symbol. */
6730 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6731
6732 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6733 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6734 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6735 }
6736
6737 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6738 rel->r_addend,
6739 lsect);
6740 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6741
6742 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6743 as a "written" flag. */
6744 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6745 {
6746 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6747 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6748 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6749 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6750 }
6751
6752 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6753 + lsect->section->output_offset
6754 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6755 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6756
6757 #ifdef DEBUG
6758 fprintf (stderr,
6759 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6760 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6761 #endif
6762
6763 return relocation;
6764 }
6765
6766 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6767 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6768 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6769
6770 static void
6771 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6772 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6773 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6774 {
6775 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6776 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6777 bfd_vma plt;
6778 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6779
6780 if (h != NULL
6781 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6782 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6783 {
6784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6785 p += 4;
6786 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6787 p += 4;
6788 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6789 p += 4;
6790 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6791 p += 4;
6792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6793 p += 4;
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6795 p += 4;
6796 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6797 p += 4;
6798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6799 p += 4;
6800 }
6801
6802 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6803 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6804 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6805
6806 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6807 {
6808 bfd_vma got = 0;
6809
6810 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6811 got = (ent->addend
6812 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6813 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6814 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6815 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6816
6817 plt -= got;
6818
6819 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6821 else
6822 {
6823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6824 p += 4;
6825 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6826 }
6827 }
6828 else
6829 {
6830 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6831 p += 4;
6832 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6833 }
6834 p += 4;
6835 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6836 p += 4;
6837 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6838 p += 4;
6839 while (p < end)
6840 {
6841 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6842 p += 4;
6843 }
6844 }
6845
6846 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6847
6848 static bfd_boolean
6849 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6850 {
6851 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6852 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6853 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6854 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6855 }
6856
6857 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6858 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6859 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6860
6861 unsigned int
6862 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6863 {
6864 unsigned int rtra;
6865
6866 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6867 return 0;
6868
6869 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6870 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6871 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6872 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6873 else
6874 return 0;
6875
6876 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6877 /* add -> addi. */
6878 insn = 14 << 26;
6879 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6880 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6881 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6882 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6883 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6884 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6885 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6886 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6887 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6888 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6889 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6890 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6891 else
6892 return 0;
6893 insn |= rtra;
6894 return insn;
6895 }
6896
6897 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6898 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6899 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6900
6901 unsigned int
6902 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6903 {
6904 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6905 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6906 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6907 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6908 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6909 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6910 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6911 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6912 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6913 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6914 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6915 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6916 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6917 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6918 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6919 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6920 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6921 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6922 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6923 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6924 {
6925 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6926 }
6927 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6928 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6929 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6930 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6931 {
6932 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6933 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6934 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6935 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6936 }
6937 else
6938 insn = 0;
6939 return insn;
6940 }
6941
6942 static bfd_boolean
6943 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6944 {
6945 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6946 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6947 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6948 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6949 }
6950
6951 static bfd_boolean
6952 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6953 {
6954 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6955 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6956 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6957 }
6958
6959 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6960 to handle the relocations for a section.
6961
6962 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6963 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6964 zero.
6965
6966 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6967 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6968 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6969 necessary.
6970
6971 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6972 address or the reloc symbol index.
6973
6974 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6975
6976 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6977 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6978
6979 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6980 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6981
6982 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6983 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6984 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6985 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6986 accordingly. */
6987
6988 static bfd_boolean
6989 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6990 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6991 bfd *input_bfd,
6992 asection *input_section,
6993 bfd_byte *contents,
6994 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6995 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6996 asection **local_sections)
6997 {
6998 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6999 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7000 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7001 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7002 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
7003 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
7004 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
7005 asection *got2;
7006 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
7007 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
7008 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
7009 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
7010 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
7011 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
7012
7013 #ifdef DEBUG
7014 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7015 "%ld relocations%s",
7016 input_bfd, input_section,
7017 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
7018 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7019 #endif
7020
7021 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7022 {
7023 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7024 return FALSE;
7025 }
7026
7027 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7028
7029 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7030 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7031 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7032
7033 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7034 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7035 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7036 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7037 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7038 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7039 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7040 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7041 ".tls_vars"));
7042 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7043 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7044 rel = wrel = relocs;
7045 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7046 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7047 {
7048 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7049 bfd_vma addend;
7050 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7051 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7052 asection *sec;
7053 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7054 const char *sym_name;
7055 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7056 unsigned long r_symndx;
7057 bfd_vma relocation;
7058 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7059 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7060 bfd_boolean warned;
7061 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7062 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7063 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7064
7065 again:
7066 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7067 sym = NULL;
7068 sec = NULL;
7069 h = NULL;
7070 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7071 warned = FALSE;
7072 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7073
7074 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7075 {
7076 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7077 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7078 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7079
7080 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7081 }
7082 else
7083 {
7084 bfd_boolean ignored;
7085
7086 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7087 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7088 h, sec, relocation,
7089 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7090
7091 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7092 }
7093
7094 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7095 {
7096 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7097 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7098 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7099 howto = NULL;
7100 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7101 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7102
7103 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7104 contents, rel->r_offset);
7105 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7106 wrel->r_info = 0;
7107 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7108
7109 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7110 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7111 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7112 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7113 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7114 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7115 wrel--;
7116
7117 continue;
7118 }
7119
7120 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7121 {
7122 if (got2 != NULL
7123 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7124 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7125 {
7126 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7127 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7128 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7129 }
7130 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7131 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7132 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7133 goto copy_reloc;
7134 }
7135
7136 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7137 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7138 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7139 for the final instruction stream. */
7140 tls_mask = 0;
7141 tls_gd = 0;
7142 if (h != NULL)
7143 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7144 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7145 {
7146 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7147 char *lgot_masks;
7148 local_plt
7149 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7150 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7151 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7152 }
7153
7154 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7155 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7156 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7157 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7158 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7159 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7160 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7161 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7162 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7163 abort ();
7164 switch (r_type)
7165 {
7166 default:
7167 break;
7168
7169 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7170 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7171 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7172 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7173 {
7174 bfd_vma insn;
7175
7176 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7177 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7178 insn &= 31 << 21;
7179 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7180 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7181 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7182 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7183 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7184 }
7185 break;
7186
7187 case R_PPC_TLS:
7188 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7189 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7190 {
7191 bfd_vma insn;
7192
7193 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7194 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7195 if (insn == 0)
7196 abort ();
7197 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7198 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7199 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7200
7201 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7202 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7203 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7204 }
7205 break;
7206
7207 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7208 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7209 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7210 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7211 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7212 break;
7213
7214 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7215 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7216 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7217 {
7218 tls_gdld_hi:
7219 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7220 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7221 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7222 else
7223 {
7224 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7225 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7226 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7227 }
7228 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7229 }
7230 break;
7231
7232 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7233 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7234 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7235 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7236 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7237 break;
7238
7239 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7240 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7241 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7242 {
7243 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7244 bfd_vma offset;
7245
7246 tls_ldgd_opt:
7247 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7248 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7249 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7250 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7251 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7252 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7253 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7254 && rel + 1 < relend
7255 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7256 htab->tls_get_addr))
7257 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7258 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7259 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7260 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7261 intervening code. */
7262 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7263 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7264 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7265 {
7266 /* IE */
7267 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7268 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7269 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7270 {
7271 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7272 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7273 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7274 }
7275 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7276 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7277 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7278 }
7279 else
7280 {
7281 /* LE */
7282 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7283 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7284 if (tls_gd == 0)
7285 {
7286 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7287 for (r_symndx = 0;
7288 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7289 r_symndx++)
7290 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7291 break;
7292 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7293 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7294 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7295 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7296 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7297 + sec->output_offset
7298 + sec->output_section->vma);
7299 }
7300 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7301 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7302 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7303 {
7304 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7305 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7306 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7307 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7308 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7309 }
7310 }
7311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7312 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7313 if (tls_gd == 0)
7314 {
7315 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7316 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7317 goto again;
7318 }
7319 }
7320 break;
7321
7322 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7323 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7324 && rel + 1 < relend)
7325 {
7326 unsigned int insn2;
7327 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7328
7329 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7330 {
7331 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7332 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7333 break;
7334 }
7335
7336 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7337 {
7338 /* IE */
7339 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7340 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7341 }
7342 else
7343 {
7344 /* LE */
7345 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7346 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7347 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7348 }
7349 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7350 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7351 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7352 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7353 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7354 }
7355 break;
7356
7357 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7358 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7359 && rel + 1 < relend)
7360 {
7361 unsigned int insn2;
7362
7363 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7364 {
7365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7366 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7367 break;
7368 }
7369
7370 for (r_symndx = 0;
7371 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7372 r_symndx++)
7373 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7374 break;
7375 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7376 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7377 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7378 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7379 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7380 + sec->output_offset
7381 + sec->output_section->vma);
7382
7383 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7384 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7385 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7386 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7387 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7388 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7389 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7390 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7391 goto again;
7392 }
7393 break;
7394 }
7395
7396 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7397 branch_bit = 0;
7398 switch (r_type)
7399 {
7400 default:
7401 break;
7402
7403 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7404 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7405 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7406 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7407 /* Fall through. */
7408
7409 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7411 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7412 {
7413 unsigned int insn;
7414
7415 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7416 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7417 insn |= branch_bit;
7418
7419 from = (rel->r_offset
7420 + input_section->output_offset
7421 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7422
7423 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7424 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7425 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7426
7427 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7428 }
7429 break;
7430
7431 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7432 {
7433 unsigned int insn;
7434
7435 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7436 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7437 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7438 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7439 {
7440 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7441 {
7442 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7443 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7444 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7445 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7446 }
7447 }
7448 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7449 info->callbacks->einfo
7450 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7451 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7452 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7453 }
7454 break;
7455 }
7456
7457 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7458 && h != NULL
7459 && !h->def_regular
7460 && h->protected_def
7461 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7462 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7463 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7464 {
7465 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7466 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7467 unsigned int insn;
7468
7469 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
7470 {
7471 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7472 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7473 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7474 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7475 {
7476 bfd_byte *p;
7477 bfd_vma off;
7478 bfd_vma got_addr;
7479
7480 p = (contents + input_section->size
7481 - relax_info->workaround_size
7482 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7483 + picfixup_size);
7484 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7485 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7486 info->callbacks->einfo
7487 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7488 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7489
7490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7491 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7492 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7493 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7494 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7495 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7496 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7497 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7498 insn &= ~0xffff;
7499 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7500 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7501
7502 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7503 insn &= ~0xffff;
7504 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7505 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7506 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7507 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7508
7509 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7510 picfixup_size += 12;
7511
7512 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7513 output is reasonable. */
7514 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7515 wrel++, rel++;
7516 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7517 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7518 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7519
7520 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7521 dynamic reloc. */
7522 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7523 }
7524 else
7525 _bfd_error_handler
7526 /* xgettext:c-format */
7527 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7528 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7529 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7530 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7531 }
7532 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
7533 {
7534 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7535 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7536 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7537 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7538 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7539 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7540 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7541 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7542 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7543 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7544 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7545 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7546 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7547 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7548 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7549 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7550 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7551 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7552 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7553 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7554 {
7555 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7556 relocation = 0;
7557 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7558 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7559 }
7560 else
7561 _bfd_error_handler
7562 /* xgettext:c-format */
7563 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7564 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7565 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7566 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7567 }
7568 }
7569
7570 ifunc = NULL;
7571 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7572 {
7573 struct plt_entry *ent;
7574
7575 if (h != NULL)
7576 {
7577 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7578 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7579 }
7580 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7581 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7582 {
7583 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7584
7585 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7586 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7587 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7588 }
7589
7590 ent = NULL;
7591 if (ifunc != NULL
7592 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7593 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7594 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7595 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7596 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7597 {
7598 addend = 0;
7599 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7600 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7601 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7602 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7603 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7604 addend = rel->r_addend;
7605 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7606 }
7607 if (ent != NULL)
7608 {
7609 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7610 && ent->sec != got2
7611 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7612 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7613 || h == NULL
7614 || h->dynindx == -1))
7615 {
7616 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7617 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7618 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7619 apparently are using code compiled with
7620 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7621 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7622 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7623 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7624 into .got2). */
7625 info->callbacks->einfo
7626 /* xgettext:c-format */
7627 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7628 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7629 }
7630
7631 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7632 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7633 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7634 || h == NULL
7635 || h->dynindx == -1)
7636 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7637 + htab->glink->output_offset
7638 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7639 else
7640 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7641 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7642 + ent->plt.offset);
7643 }
7644 }
7645
7646 addend = rel->r_addend;
7647 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7648 howto = NULL;
7649 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7650 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7651
7652 switch (r_type)
7653 {
7654 default:
7655 break;
7656
7657 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7658 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7659 {
7660 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7661 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7662 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7663 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7664 /* xgettext:c-format */
7665 info->callbacks->minfo
7666 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7667 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn);
7668 else
7669 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
7670 }
7671 break;
7672
7673 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7674 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7675 {
7676 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7677 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7678 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7679 insn |= 2 << 16;
7680 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7681 }
7682 break;
7683 }
7684
7685 tls_type = 0;
7686 switch (r_type)
7687 {
7688 default:
7689 /* xgettext:c-format */
7690 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7691 input_bfd, howto->name);
7692
7693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7694 ret = FALSE;
7695 goto copy_reloc;
7696
7697 case R_PPC_NONE:
7698 case R_PPC_TLS:
7699 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7700 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7701 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7702 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7703 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7704 goto copy_reloc;
7705
7706 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7707 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7708 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7709 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7712 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7714 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7715 goto dogot;
7716
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7719 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7720 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7721 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7722 goto dogot;
7723
7724 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7725 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7726 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7727 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7728 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7729 goto dogot;
7730
7731 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7732 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7733 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7734 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7735 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7736 goto dogot;
7737
7738 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7739 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7740 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7741 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7742 tls_mask = 0;
7743 dogot:
7744 {
7745 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7746 offset table. */
7747 bfd_vma off;
7748 bfd_vma *offp;
7749 unsigned long indx;
7750
7751 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7752 abort ();
7753
7754 indx = 0;
7755 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7756 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7757 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7758 else if (h != NULL)
7759 {
7760 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7761 || h->dynindx == -1
7762 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7763 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7764 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7765 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7766 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7767 because of a version file. */
7768 ;
7769 else
7770 {
7771 indx = h->dynindx;
7772 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7773 }
7774 offp = &h->got.offset;
7775 }
7776 else
7777 {
7778 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7779 abort ();
7780 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7781 }
7782
7783 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7784 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7785 processed this entry. */
7786 off = *offp;
7787 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7788 off &= ~1;
7789 else
7790 {
7791 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7792 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7793 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7794 : 0);
7795
7796 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7797 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7798 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7799 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7800 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7801
7802 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7803 Initialize them all. */
7804 do
7805 {
7806 int tls_ty = 0;
7807
7808 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7809 {
7810 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7811 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7812 }
7813 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7814 {
7815 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7816 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7817 }
7818 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7819 {
7820 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7821 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7822 }
7823 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7824 {
7825 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7826 tls_m = 0;
7827 }
7828
7829 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7830 if (indx != 0
7831 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7832 && (h == NULL
7833 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7834 && !(tls_ty != 0
7835 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7836 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7837 {
7838 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7839 bfd_byte * loc;
7840
7841 if (ifunc != NULL)
7842 {
7843 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7844 if (indx == 0)
7845 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7846 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7847 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7848 }
7849 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7850 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7851 + off);
7852 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7853 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7854 {
7855 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7856 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7857 {
7858 loc = rsec->contents;
7859 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7860 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7861 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7862 &outrel, loc);
7863 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7864 outrel.r_info
7865 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7866 }
7867 }
7868 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7869 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7870 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7871 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7872 else if (indx != 0)
7873 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7874 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7875 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7876 else
7877 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7878 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7879 {
7880 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7881 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7882 {
7883 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7884 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7885 else
7886 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7887 }
7888 }
7889 loc = rsec->contents;
7890 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7891 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7892 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7893 }
7894
7895 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7896 emitting a reloc. */
7897 else
7898 {
7899 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7900
7901 if (tls_ty != 0)
7902 {
7903 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7904 value = 0;
7905 else
7906 {
7907 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7908 value = 0;
7909 else
7910 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7911 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7912 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7913 }
7914
7915 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7916 {
7917 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7918 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7919 value = 1;
7920 }
7921 }
7922 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7923 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7924 }
7925
7926 off += 4;
7927 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7928 off += 4;
7929 }
7930 while (tls_m != 0);
7931
7932 off = *offp;
7933 *offp = off | 1;
7934 }
7935
7936 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7937 abort ();
7938
7939 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7940 {
7941 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7942 {
7943 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7944 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7945 off += 8;
7946 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7947 {
7948 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7949 off += 8;
7950 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7951 {
7952 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7953 off += 4;
7954 }
7955 }
7956 }
7957 }
7958
7959 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7960 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7961 goto copy_reloc;
7962
7963 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7964 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7965 + off
7966 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7967
7968 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7969 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7970 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7971 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7972 if (addend != 0)
7973 info->callbacks->einfo
7974 /* xgettext:c-format */
7975 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7976 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7977 howto->name,
7978 sym_name);
7979 }
7980 break;
7981
7982 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7983 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7984 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7985 at a symbol not in this object. */
7986 if (unresolved_reloc)
7987 {
7988 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7989 h->root.root.string,
7990 input_bfd,
7991 input_section,
7992 rel->r_offset,
7993 TRUE);
7994 goto copy_reloc;
7995 }
7996 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7997 {
7998 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7999 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
8000 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
8001 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
8002 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
8003 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
8004 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
8005 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
8006 /* xgettext:c-format */
8007 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
8008 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8009 h->root.root.string);
8010 }
8011 break;
8012
8013 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8014 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8015 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
8016 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8017 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8018 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8019 break;
8020
8021 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8022 object. */
8023 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8024 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8025 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8026 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8027 if (h != NULL
8028 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8029 && h->dynindx == -1)
8030 {
8031 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8032 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8033 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8034 defined before using them. */
8035 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8036 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8037 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8038 if (insn != 0)
8039 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8040 break;
8041 }
8042 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8043 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8044 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8045 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8046 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8047 goto dodyn;
8048
8049 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8050 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8051 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8052 goto dodyn;
8053
8054 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8055 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8056 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8057 goto dodyn;
8058
8059 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8060 relocation = 1;
8061 addend = 0;
8062 goto dodyn;
8063
8064 case R_PPC_REL16:
8065 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8066 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8067 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8068 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8069 break;
8070
8071 case R_PPC_REL32:
8072 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8073 break;
8074 /* fall through */
8075
8076 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8077 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8078 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8079 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8080 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8081 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8082 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8083 goto dodyn;
8084
8085 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8086 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8087 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8088 case R_PPC_REL24:
8089 case R_PPC_REL14:
8090 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8091 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8092 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8093 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8094 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8095 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8096 break;
8097 /* fall through */
8098
8099 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8100 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8101 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8102 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8103 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8104 break;
8105 /* fall through */
8106
8107 dodyn:
8108 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8109 || is_vxworks_tls)
8110 break;
8111
8112 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8113 ? ((h == NULL
8114 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8115 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8116 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8117 : (h != NULL
8118 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8119 {
8120 int skip;
8121 bfd_byte *loc;
8122 asection *sreloc;
8123 long indx = 0;
8124
8125 #ifdef DEBUG
8126 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8127 "create relocation for %s\n",
8128 (h && h->root.root.string
8129 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8130 #endif
8131
8132 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8133 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8134 time. */
8135 skip = 0;
8136 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8137 input_section,
8138 rel->r_offset);
8139 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8140 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8141 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8142 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8143 + input_section->output_offset);
8144
8145 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8146 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8147 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8148 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8149 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8150 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8151 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8152
8153 if (skip)
8154 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8155 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8156 {
8157 indx = h->dynindx;
8158 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8159 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8160 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8161 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8162 }
8163 else
8164 {
8165 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8166
8167 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8168 {
8169 if (ifunc != NULL)
8170 {
8171 /* If we get here when building a static
8172 executable, then the libc startup function
8173 responsible for applying indirect function
8174 relocations is going to complain about
8175 the reloc type.
8176 If we get here when building a dynamic
8177 executable, it will be because we have
8178 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8179 will set the text segment writable and
8180 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8181 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8182 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8183 info->callbacks->einfo
8184 /* xgettext:c-format */
8185 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8186 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8187 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8188 howto->name,
8189 sym_name);
8190 ret = FALSE;
8191 }
8192 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8193 ;
8194 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8195 {
8196 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8197 ret = FALSE;
8198 }
8199 else
8200 {
8201 asection *osec;
8202
8203 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8204 against a section symbol. It would be
8205 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8206 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8207 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8208 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8209 osec = sec->output_section;
8210 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8211 {
8212 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8213 indx = 0;
8214 }
8215 else
8216 {
8217 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8218 if (indx == 0)
8219 {
8220 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8221 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8222 }
8223 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8224 }
8225
8226 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8227 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8228 addend for them. */
8229 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8230 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8231 }
8232
8233 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8234 }
8235 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8236 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8237 else
8238 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8239 }
8240
8241 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8242 if (ifunc)
8243 {
8244 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8245 if (indx == 0)
8246 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8247 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8248 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8249 }
8250 if (sreloc == NULL)
8251 return FALSE;
8252
8253 loc = sreloc->contents;
8254 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8255 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8256
8257 if (skip == -1)
8258 goto copy_reloc;
8259
8260 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8261 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8262 if (!skip)
8263 {
8264 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8265 addend = 0;
8266 break;
8267 }
8268 }
8269 break;
8270
8271 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8273 if (h != NULL)
8274 {
8275 struct plt_entry *ent;
8276 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8277
8278 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8279 {
8280 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8281 got2_addend = addend;
8282 addend = 0;
8283 }
8284 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8285 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8286 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8287 + htab->glink->output_offset
8288 + ent->glink_offset);
8289 else
8290 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8291 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8292 + ent->plt.offset);
8293 }
8294 /* Fall through. */
8295
8296 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8297 {
8298 const int *stub;
8299 size_t size;
8300 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8301 unsigned int insn;
8302
8303 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8304 {
8305 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8306 + input_section->output_offset
8307 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8308 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8309 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8312 stub += 3;
8313 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8314 }
8315 else
8316 {
8317 stub = stub_entry;
8318 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8319 }
8320
8321 relocation += addend;
8322 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8323 relocation = 0;
8324
8325 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8326 insn = *stub++;
8327 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8328 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8329 insn_offset += 4;
8330
8331 insn = *stub++;
8332 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8334 insn_offset += 4;
8335 size -= 2;
8336
8337 while (size != 0)
8338 {
8339 insn = *stub++;
8340 --size;
8341 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8342 insn_offset += 4;
8343 }
8344
8345 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8346 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8347 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8348 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8349 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8350 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8351 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8352 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8353 wrel++, rel++;
8354 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8355 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8356 }
8357 continue;
8358
8359 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8360 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8361 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8362 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8363 {
8364 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8365 break;
8366 }
8367 relocation
8368 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8369 h, relocation, rel);
8370 addend = 0;
8371 break;
8372
8373 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8374 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8375 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8376 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8377 {
8378 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8379 break;
8380 }
8381 relocation
8382 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8383 h, relocation, rel);
8384 addend = 0;
8385 break;
8386
8387 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8388 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8389 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8390 AIX .toc section. */
8391 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8392 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8393 {
8394 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8395 break;
8396 }
8397 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8398 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8399
8400 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8401 break;
8402
8403 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8404 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8405 {
8406 struct plt_entry *ent;
8407
8408 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8409 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8410 if (ent == NULL
8411 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8412 {
8413 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8414 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8415 using -Bsymbolic. */
8416 }
8417 else
8418 {
8419 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8420 procedure linkage table. */
8421 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8422 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8423 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8424 + htab->glink->output_offset
8425 + ent->glink_offset);
8426 else
8427 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8428 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8429 + ent->plt.offset);
8430 }
8431 }
8432
8433 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8434 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8435 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8436 addend = 0;
8437 break;
8438
8439 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8440 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8441 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8442 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8443 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8444 plt_list = NULL;
8445 if (h != NULL)
8446 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8447 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8448 plt_list = ifunc;
8449 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8450 {
8451 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8452 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8453 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8454 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8455 }
8456 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8457 if (plt_list != NULL)
8458 {
8459 struct plt_entry *ent;
8460
8461 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8462 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8463 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8464 {
8465 asection *plt;
8466
8467 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8468 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8469 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8470 || h == NULL
8471 || h->dynindx == -1)
8472 {
8473 if (ifunc != NULL)
8474 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8475 else
8476 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8477 }
8478 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8479 + plt->output_offset
8480 + ent->plt.offset);
8481 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8482 {
8483 bfd_vma got = 0;
8484
8485 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8486 got = (ent->addend
8487 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8488 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8489 else
8490 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8491 relocation -= got;
8492 }
8493 }
8494 }
8495 addend = 0;
8496 break;
8497
8498 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8499 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8500 {
8501 const char *name;
8502 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8503
8504 if (sec == NULL
8505 || sec->output_section == NULL
8506 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8507 {
8508 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8509 break;
8510 }
8511 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8512
8513 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8514 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8515 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8516 {
8517 _bfd_error_handler
8518 /* xgettext:c-format */
8519 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8520 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8521 input_bfd,
8522 sym_name,
8523 howto->name,
8524 name);
8525 }
8526 }
8527 break;
8528
8529 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8530 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8531 {
8532 const char *name;
8533 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8534
8535 if (sec == NULL
8536 || sec->output_section == NULL
8537 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8538 {
8539 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8540 break;
8541 }
8542 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8543
8544 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8545 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8546 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8547 {
8548 _bfd_error_handler
8549 /* xgettext:c-format */
8550 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8551 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8552 input_bfd,
8553 sym_name,
8554 howto->name,
8555 name);
8556 }
8557 }
8558 break;
8559
8560 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8561 relocation = relocation + addend;
8562 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8563 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8564 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8565 goto copy_reloc;
8566
8567 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8568 relocation = relocation + addend;
8569 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8570 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8571 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8572 goto copy_reloc;
8573
8574 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8575 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8576 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8577 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8578 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8579 goto copy_reloc;
8580
8581 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8582 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8583 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8584 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8585 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8586 goto copy_reloc;
8587
8588 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8589 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8590 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8591 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8592 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8593 goto copy_reloc;
8594
8595 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8596 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8597 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8598 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8599 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8600 goto copy_reloc;
8601
8602 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8603 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8604 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8605 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8606 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8607 {
8608 const char *name;
8609 int reg;
8610 unsigned int insn;
8611 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8612
8613 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8614 {
8615 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8616 break;
8617 }
8618
8619 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8620 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8621 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8622 {
8623 reg = 13;
8624 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8625 }
8626 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8627 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8628 {
8629 reg = 2;
8630 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8631 }
8632 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8633 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8634 {
8635 reg = 0;
8636 }
8637 else
8638 {
8639 _bfd_error_handler
8640 /* xgettext:c-format */
8641 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8642 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8643 input_bfd,
8644 sym_name,
8645 howto->name,
8646 name);
8647
8648 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8649 ret = FALSE;
8650 goto copy_reloc;
8651 }
8652
8653 if (sda != NULL)
8654 {
8655 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8656 {
8657 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8658 break;
8659 }
8660 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8661 }
8662
8663 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8664 break;
8665
8666 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8667 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8668 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8669 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8670 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8671 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8672 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8673 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8674 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8675
8676 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8677 if (reg == 0
8678 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8679 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8680 {
8681 relocation = relocation + addend;
8682 addend = 0;
8683
8684 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8685 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8686 insn |= 28u << 26;
8687
8688 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8689 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8690 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8691 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8692 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8693 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8694 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8695
8696 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8697
8698 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8699 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8700 goto overflow;
8701 goto copy_reloc;
8702 }
8703 /* Fill in register field. */
8704 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8705 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8706 }
8707 break;
8708
8709 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8710 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8711 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8712 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8713 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8714 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8715 {
8716 bfd_vma value;
8717 const char *name;
8718 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8719
8720 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8721 {
8722 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8723 break;
8724 }
8725
8726 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8727 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8728 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8729 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8730 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8731 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8732 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8733 else
8734 {
8735 _bfd_error_handler
8736 /* xgettext:c-format */
8737 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8738 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8739 input_bfd,
8740 sym_name,
8741 howto->name,
8742 name);
8743
8744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8745 ret = FALSE;
8746 goto copy_reloc;
8747 }
8748
8749 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8750 {
8751 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8752 break;
8753 }
8754 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8755
8756 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8757 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8758 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8759 split16a_type,
8760 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8761 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8762 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8763 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8764 split16d_type,
8765 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8766 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8767 {
8768 value = value >> 16;
8769 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8770 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8771 split16a_type,
8772 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8773 }
8774 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8775 {
8776 value = value >> 16;
8777 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8778 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8779 split16d_type,
8780 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8781 }
8782 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8783 {
8784 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8785 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8786 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8787 split16a_type,
8788 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8789 }
8790 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8791 {
8792 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8793 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8794 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8795 split16d_type,
8796 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8797 }
8798 }
8799 goto copy_reloc;
8800
8801 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8802 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation);
8803 goto copy_reloc;
8804
8805 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8806 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8807 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8808 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8809 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8810 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8811 {
8812 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8813 break;
8814 }
8815 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8816 break;
8817
8818 /* Negative relocations. */
8819 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8820 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8823 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8824 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8825 break;
8826
8827 case R_PPC_COPY:
8828 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8829 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8830 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8831 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8832 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8833 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8834 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8835 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8836 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8837 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8838 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8839 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8840 /* xgettext:c-format */
8841 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8842 input_bfd, howto->name);
8843
8844 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8845 ret = FALSE;
8846 goto copy_reloc;
8847 }
8848
8849 switch (r_type)
8850 {
8851 default:
8852 break;
8853
8854 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8855 if (unresolved_reloc)
8856 {
8857 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8858 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8859 insn &= 1;
8860 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8861 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8862 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8863 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8864 }
8865 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8866 info->callbacks->einfo
8867 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8868 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8869 howto->name);
8870 break;
8871
8872 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8873 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8874 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8875 if (unresolved_reloc)
8876 {
8877 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8878 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8879 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8880 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8881 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8882 }
8883 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8884 info->callbacks->einfo
8885 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8886 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8887 howto->name);
8888 break;
8889 }
8890
8891 /* Do any further special processing. */
8892 switch (r_type)
8893 {
8894 default:
8895 break;
8896
8897 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8898 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8899 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8900 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8901 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8902 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8903 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8904 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8905 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8906 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8907 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8908 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8909 if (sec == NULL)
8910 break;
8911 /* Fall through. */
8912
8913 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8914 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8915 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8916 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8917 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8918 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8919 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8920 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8921 addend += 0x8000;
8922 break;
8923
8924 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8925 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8926 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8927 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8928 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8929 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8930 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8931 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8932 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8933 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8934 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8935 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8936 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8937 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8938 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8939 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8940 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8941 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8942 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8943 {
8944 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8945 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8946 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8947 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8948
8949 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8950 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8951 mask = 0;
8952 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8953 mask = 3;
8954 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8955 mask = 15;
8956 else
8957 break;
8958 relocation += addend;
8959 addend = insn & mask;
8960 lobit = mask & relocation;
8961 if (lobit != 0)
8962 {
8963 relocation ^= lobit;
8964 info->callbacks->einfo
8965 /* xgettext:c-format */
8966 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8967 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8968 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
8969 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8970 ret = FALSE;
8971 }
8972 }
8973 break;
8974 }
8975
8976 #ifdef DEBUG
8977 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8978 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8979 howto->name,
8980 (int) r_type,
8981 sym_name,
8982 r_symndx,
8983 (long) rel->r_offset,
8984 (long) addend);
8985 #endif
8986
8987 if (unresolved_reloc
8988 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8989 && h->def_dynamic)
8990 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
8991 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
8992 {
8993 info->callbacks->einfo
8994 /* xgettext:c-format */
8995 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8996 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8997 howto->name,
8998 sym_name);
8999 ret = FALSE;
9000 }
9001
9002 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9003 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9004 have different reloc types. */
9005 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
9006 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
9007 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
9008 {
9009 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
9010
9011 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
9012 {
9013 unsigned int insn;
9014
9015 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9016 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9017 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9018 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9019 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9020 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9021 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9022 }
9023 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9024 {
9025 alt_howto = *howto;
9026 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9027 howto = &alt_howto;
9028 }
9029 }
9030
9031 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9032 {
9033 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9034 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
9035 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9036 else
9037 {
9038 unsigned int insn;
9039
9040 relocation += addend;
9041 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9042 + input_section->output_offset
9043 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9044 relocation >>= 16;
9045 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9046 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9047 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9048 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9049 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9050 }
9051 }
9052 else
9053 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9054 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9055
9056 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9057 {
9058 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9059 {
9060 overflow:
9061 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9062 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9063 if (!warned
9064 && !(h != NULL
9065 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9066 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9067 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9068 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9069 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9070 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9071 }
9072 else
9073 {
9074 info->callbacks->einfo
9075 /* xgettext:c-format */
9076 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9077 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9078 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9079 ret = FALSE;
9080 }
9081 }
9082 copy_reloc:
9083 if (wrel != rel)
9084 *wrel = *rel;
9085 }
9086
9087 if (wrel != rel)
9088 {
9089 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9090 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9091
9092 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9093 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9094 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9095 {
9096 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9097 one NONE reloc.
9098 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9099 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9100 deleted -= 1;
9101 wrel++;
9102 }
9103 relend = wrel;
9104 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9105 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9106 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9107 }
9108
9109 #ifdef DEBUG
9110 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9111 #endif
9112
9113 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9114 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9115 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9116 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9117 {
9118 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9119 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9120 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9121 }
9122
9123 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9124 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9125 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9126 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9127 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9128 {
9129 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9130 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9131
9132 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9133 {
9134 bfd_byte *p;
9135 unsigned int n;
9136 bfd_byte fill[4];
9137
9138 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9139 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9140 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9141 while (n--)
9142 {
9143 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9144 p += 4;
9145 }
9146 }
9147
9148 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9149 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9150 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9151 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9152 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9153
9154 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9155 + input_section->output_offset);
9156 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9157 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9158 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9159 addr < end_addr;
9160 addr += pagesize)
9161 {
9162 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9163 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9164 bfd_boolean is_data;
9165 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9166 unsigned int insn;
9167
9168 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9169 the word alone. */
9170 is_data = FALSE;
9171 lo = relocs;
9172 hi = relend;
9173 rel = NULL;
9174 while (lo < hi)
9175 {
9176 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9177 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9178 lo = rel + 1;
9179 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9180 hi = rel;
9181 else
9182 {
9183 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9184 {
9185 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9186 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9187 case R_PPC_REL32:
9188 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9189 is_data = TRUE;
9190 break;
9191 default:
9192 break;
9193 }
9194 break;
9195 }
9196 }
9197 if (is_data)
9198 continue;
9199
9200 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9201 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9202 avoid the icache failure.
9203
9204 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9205 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9206 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9207 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9208 unconditional branches:
9209 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9210 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9211 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9212 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9213 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9214 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9215 instruction is not executed.
9216
9217 A bctr example:
9218 .
9219 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9220 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9221 . mtctr 9
9222 . bctr
9223 . nop
9224 . nop
9225 . new_page:
9226 .
9227 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9228 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9229 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9230 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9231 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9232 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9233 place:
9234 .
9235 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9236 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9237 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9238 . bctr bctr
9239 . nop b somewhere_else
9240 . b somewhere_else nop
9241 . new_page: new_page:
9242 . */
9243 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9244 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9245 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9246 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9247 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9248 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9249 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9250 continue;
9251
9252 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9253 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9254 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9255 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9256 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9257
9258 if (rel != NULL
9259 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9260 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9261 {
9262 asection *sreloc;
9263
9264 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9265 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9266 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9267 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9268 {
9269 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9270
9271 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9272 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9273 relend[-1] = tmp;
9274 }
9275 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9276
9277 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9278 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9279 {
9280 case R_PPC_REL16:
9281 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9282 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9283 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9284 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9285 break;
9286 default:
9287 break;
9288 }
9289
9290 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9291 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9292 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9293 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9294 if (sreloc != NULL)
9295 {
9296 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9297 bfd_vma soffset;
9298
9299 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9300 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9301 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9302 + input_section->output_offset);
9303 while (slo < shi)
9304 {
9305 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9306 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9307 &outrel);
9308 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9309 slo = srel + 1;
9310 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9311 shi = srel;
9312 else
9313 {
9314 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9315 {
9316 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9317 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9318 srel = srelend - 1;
9319 }
9320 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9321 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9322 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9323 break;
9324 }
9325 }
9326 }
9327 }
9328 else
9329 rel = NULL;
9330
9331 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9332 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9333 {
9334 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9335
9336 delta += offset - patch_off;
9337 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9338 delta = 0;
9339 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9340 {
9341 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9342
9343 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9344 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9345 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9346 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9347 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9348 else
9349 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9350
9351 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9352 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9353 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9354 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9355 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9356 }
9357 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9358 {
9359 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9360 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9361 contents + patch_off);
9362 patch_off += 4;
9363 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9364 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9365 contents + patch_off);
9366 patch_off += 4;
9367 }
9368 else
9369 {
9370 if (rel != NULL)
9371 {
9372 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9373
9374 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9375 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9376 }
9377 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9378 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9379 contents + patch_off);
9380 patch_off += 4;
9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9382 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9383 contents + patch_off);
9384 patch_off += 4;
9385 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9386 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9387 contents + patch_off);
9388 patch_off += 4;
9389 }
9390 }
9391 else
9392 {
9393 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9394 patch_off += 4;
9395 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9396 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9397 contents + patch_off);
9398 patch_off += 4;
9399 }
9400 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9401 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9402 }
9403 }
9404
9405 return ret;
9406 }
9407 \f
9408 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9409
9410 static bfd_boolean
9411 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9412 {
9413 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9414 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9415 struct plt_entry *ent;
9416 bfd_boolean doneone;
9417
9418 doneone = FALSE;
9419 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9420 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9421 {
9422 if (!doneone)
9423 {
9424 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9425 bfd_byte *loc;
9426 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9427 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9428 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9429
9430 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9431 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9432 || h->dynindx == -1)
9433 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9434 else
9435 {
9436 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9437 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9438 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9439 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9440 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9441 }
9442
9443 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9444 Set it up. */
9445 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
9446 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9447 && h->dynindx != -1)
9448 {
9449 bfd_vma got_offset;
9450 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9451
9452 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9453 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9454
9455 /* Use the right PLT. */
9456 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9457 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9458
9459 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9460 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9461 {
9462 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9463 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9464 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9465 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9466 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9467 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9468 }
9469 else
9470 {
9471 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9472
9473 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9474 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9475 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9476 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9477 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9478 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9479 }
9480
9481 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9482 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9483 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9484 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9485
9486 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9487 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9488 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9489 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9490 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9491 prescaled offset. */
9492 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9493 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9494 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9495 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9496 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9497 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9498 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9499 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9500 offset. */
9501 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9502 (plt_entry[5]
9503 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9504 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9505 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9506 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9507 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9508 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9509
9510 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9511 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9512 in this PLT entry. */
9513 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9514 + plt->output_offset
9515 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9516 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9517
9518 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9519 {
9520 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9521 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9522 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9523 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9524 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9525
9526 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9527 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9528 + plt->output_offset
9529 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9530 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9531 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9532 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9533 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9534 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9535
9536 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9537 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9538 + plt->output_offset
9539 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9540 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9541 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9542 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9543 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9544 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9545
9546 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9547 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9548 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9549 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9550 + got_offset);
9551 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9552 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9553 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9554 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9555 }
9556
9557 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9558 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9559 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9560 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9561 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9562 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9563 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9564 + got_offset);
9565 rela.r_addend = 0;
9566 }
9567 else
9568 {
9569 rela.r_addend = 0;
9570 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9571 || h->dynindx == -1)
9572 {
9573 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9574 {
9575 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9576 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9577 }
9578 else
9579 {
9580 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9581 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9582 }
9583 if (h->def_regular
9584 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9585 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9586 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9587 }
9588
9589 if (relplt == NULL)
9590 {
9591 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9592 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9593 }
9594 else
9595 {
9596 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9597 + plt->output_offset
9598 + ent->plt.offset);
9599
9600 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
9601 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9602 || h->dynindx == -1)
9603 {
9604 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9605 linker will fill it in. */
9606 }
9607 else
9608 {
9609 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9610 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9611 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9612 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9613 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9614 }
9615 }
9616 }
9617
9618 if (relplt != NULL)
9619 {
9620 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9621 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9622 || h->dynindx == -1)
9623 {
9624 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9625 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9626 else
9627 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9628 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9629 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9630 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9631 }
9632 else
9633 {
9634 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9635 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9636 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9637 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9638 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9639 }
9640 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9641 }
9642 doneone = TRUE;
9643 }
9644
9645 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9646 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9647 || h->dynindx == -1)
9648 {
9649 unsigned char *p;
9650 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9651
9652 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9653 || h->dynindx == -1)
9654 {
9655 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9656 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9657 else
9658 break;
9659 }
9660
9661 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9662 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9663
9664 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9665 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9666 break;
9667 }
9668 else
9669 break;
9670 }
9671 return TRUE;
9672 }
9673
9674 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9675
9676 bfd_boolean
9677 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9678 {
9679 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9680 bfd *ibfd;
9681
9682 if (!htab)
9683 return TRUE;
9684
9685 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9686
9687 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9688 {
9689 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9690 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9691 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9692 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9693 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9694 struct plt_entry *ent;
9695
9696 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9697 continue;
9698
9699 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9700 if (!local_got)
9701 continue;
9702
9703 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9704 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9705 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9706 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9707 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9708 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9709 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9710 {
9711 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9712 {
9713 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9714 asection *sym_sec;
9715 asection *plt, *relplt;
9716 bfd_byte *loc;
9717 bfd_vma val;
9718 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9719 unsigned char *p;
9720
9721 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9722 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9723 {
9724 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9725 free (local_syms);
9726 return FALSE;
9727 }
9728
9729 val = sym->st_value;
9730 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9731 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9732
9733 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9734 {
9735 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9736 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9737 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9738 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9739 }
9740 else
9741 {
9742 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9743 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9744 {
9745 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9746 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9747 }
9748 else
9749 {
9750 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9751 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9752 continue;
9753 }
9754 }
9755
9756 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9757 + plt->output_offset
9758 + plt->output_section->vma);
9759 rela.r_addend = val;
9760 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9761 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9762 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9763
9764 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9765 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9766 }
9767 }
9768
9769 if (local_syms != NULL
9770 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9771 {
9772 if (!info->keep_memory)
9773 free (local_syms);
9774 else
9775 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9776 }
9777 }
9778 return TRUE;
9779 }
9780
9781 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9782 dynamic sections here. */
9783
9784 static bfd_boolean
9785 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9786 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9787 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9788 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9789 {
9790 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9791 struct plt_entry *ent;
9792
9793 #ifdef DEBUG
9794 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9795 h->root.root.string);
9796 #endif
9797
9798 if (!h->def_regular
9799 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9800 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9801 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9802 {
9803 if (!h->def_regular)
9804 {
9805 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9806 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9807 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9808 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9809 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9810 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9811 to zero. */
9812 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9813 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9814 sym->st_value = 0;
9815 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9816 {
9817 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9818 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9819 function pointer. */
9820 sym->st_value = 0;
9821 }
9822 }
9823 else
9824 {
9825 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9826 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9827 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9828 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9829 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9830 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9831 relocation. */
9832 sym->st_shndx
9833 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9834 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9835 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9836 + htab->glink->output_offset
9837 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9838 }
9839 break;
9840 }
9841
9842 if (h->needs_copy)
9843 {
9844 asection *s;
9845 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9846 bfd_byte *loc;
9847
9848 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9849
9850 #ifdef DEBUG
9851 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9852 #endif
9853
9854 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9855
9856 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9857 s = htab->relsbss;
9858 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9859 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9860 else
9861 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9862 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9863
9864 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9865 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9866 rela.r_addend = 0;
9867 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9868 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9869 }
9870
9871 #ifdef DEBUG
9872 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9873 #endif
9874
9875 return TRUE;
9876 }
9877 \f
9878 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9879 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9880 const asection *rel_sec,
9881 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9882 {
9883 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9884
9885 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9886 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9887
9888 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9889 {
9890 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9891 return reloc_class_relative;
9892 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9893 return reloc_class_plt;
9894 case R_PPC_COPY:
9895 return reloc_class_copy;
9896 default:
9897 return reloc_class_normal;
9898 }
9899 }
9900 \f
9901 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9902
9903 static bfd_boolean
9904 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9905 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9906 {
9907 asection *sdyn;
9908 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9909 bfd_vma got;
9910 bfd *dynobj;
9911 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
9912
9913 #ifdef DEBUG
9914 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9915 #endif
9916
9917 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9918 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9919 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9920
9921 got = 0;
9922 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9923 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9924
9925 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9926 {
9927 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9928
9929 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9930
9931 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9932 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9933 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9934 {
9935 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9936 asection *s;
9937
9938 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9939
9940 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9941 {
9942 case DT_PLTGOT:
9943 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9944 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9945 else
9946 s = htab->elf.splt;
9947 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9948 break;
9949
9950 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9951 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9952 break;
9953
9954 case DT_JMPREL:
9955 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9956 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9957 break;
9958
9959 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9960 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9961 break;
9962
9963 case DT_TEXTREL:
9964 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9965 info->callbacks->einfo
9966 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9967 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9968 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9969 info->callbacks->einfo
9970 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9971 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9972 continue;
9973
9974 default:
9975 if (htab->is_vxworks
9976 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
9977 break;
9978 continue;
9979 }
9980
9981 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
9982 }
9983 }
9984
9985 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
9986 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9987 {
9988 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
9989 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
9990 {
9991 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
9992
9993 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
9994 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9995 {
9996 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9997 so that a function can easily find the address of
9998 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9999 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
10000 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10001 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
10002 }
10003
10004 if (sdyn != NULL)
10005 {
10006 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
10007 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
10008 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10009 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
10010 }
10011 }
10012 else
10013 {
10014 /* xgettext:c-format */
10015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10016 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10017 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10018 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10020 ret = FALSE;
10021 }
10022
10023 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10024 }
10025
10026 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10027 if (htab->is_vxworks
10028 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10029 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10030 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10031 {
10032 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10033 /* Use the right PLT. */
10034 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10035 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10036 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10037
10038 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10039 {
10040 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10041
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10043 splt->contents + 0);
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10045 splt->contents + 4);
10046 }
10047 else
10048 {
10049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10051 }
10052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10056 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10057 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10058
10059 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10060 {
10061 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10062 bfd_byte *loc;
10063
10064 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10065
10066 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10067 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10068 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10069 + 2);
10070 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10071 rela.r_addend = 0;
10072 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10073 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10074
10075 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10076 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10077 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10078 + 6);
10079 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10080 rela.r_addend = 0;
10081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10082 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10083
10084 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10085 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10086 in which symbols were output. */
10087 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10088 {
10089 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10090
10091 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10092 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10093 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10094 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10095
10096 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10097 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10098 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10099 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10100
10101 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10102 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10103 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10104 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10105 }
10106 }
10107 }
10108
10109 if (htab->glink != NULL
10110 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10111 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10112 {
10113 unsigned char *p;
10114 unsigned char *endp;
10115 bfd_vma res0;
10116
10117 /*
10118 * PIC glink code is the following:
10119 *
10120 * # ith PLT code stub.
10121 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10122 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10123 * mtctr 11
10124 * bctr
10125 *
10126 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10127 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10128 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10129 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10130 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10131 * .
10132 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10133 * res_n_m3: nop
10134 * res_n_m2: nop
10135 * res_n_m1:
10136 *
10137 * PLTresolve:
10138 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10139 * mflr 0
10140 * bcl 20,31,1f
10141 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10142 * mflr 12
10143 * mtlr 0
10144 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10145 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10146 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10147 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10148 * mtctr 0
10149 * add 0,11,11
10150 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10151 * bctr
10152 *
10153 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10154 *
10155 * # ith PLT code stub.
10156 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10157 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10158 * mtctr 11
10159 * bctr
10160 *
10161 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10162 *
10163 * PLTresolve:
10164 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10165 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10166 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10167 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10168 * mtctr 0
10169 * add 0,11,11
10170 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10171 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10172 * bctr
10173 */
10174
10175 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10176 and perhaps some padding. */
10177 p = htab->glink->contents;
10178 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10179 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10180 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10181 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10182 {
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10184 p += 4;
10185 }
10186 while (p < endp)
10187 {
10188 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10189 p += 4;
10190 }
10191
10192 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10193 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10194 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10195
10196 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10197 {
10198 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10199 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10200 glink branch table. */
10201 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10202 bfd_vma page_addr;
10203 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10204 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10205
10206 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10207 page_addr > glink_start;
10208 page_addr -= pagesize)
10209 {
10210 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10211 bfd_byte *loc;
10212 unsigned int insn;
10213
10214 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10215 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10216 if (insn == BCTR)
10217 {
10218 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10219 one other call stub before this one. */
10220 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10221 if (insn == BCTR)
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10223 else
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10225 }
10226 }
10227 }
10228
10229 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10230 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10231 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10232 {
10233 bfd_vma bcl;
10234
10235 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10236 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10237 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10238
10239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10240 p += 4;
10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10242 p += 4;
10243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10244 p += 4;
10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10246 p += 4;
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10248 p += 4;
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10250 p += 4;
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10252 p += 4;
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10254 p += 4;
10255 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10256 {
10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10258 p += 4;
10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10260 p += 4;
10261 }
10262 else
10263 {
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10265 p += 4;
10266 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10267 p += 4;
10268 }
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10270 p += 4;
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10272 }
10273 else
10274 {
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10276 p += 4;
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10278 p += 4;
10279 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10281 else
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10283 p += 4;
10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10285 p += 4;
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10287 p += 4;
10288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10289 p += 4;
10290 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10292 else
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10294 }
10295 p += 4;
10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10297 p += 4;
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10299 p += 4;
10300 while (p < endp)
10301 {
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10303 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10304 p += 4;
10305 }
10306 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10307 }
10308
10309 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10310 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10311 {
10312 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10313 bfd_vma val;
10314
10315 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10316 /* FDE length. */
10317 p += 4;
10318 /* CIE pointer. */
10319 p += 4;
10320 /* Offset to .glink. */
10321 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10322 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10323 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10324 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10325 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10326 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10327
10328 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10329 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10330 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10331 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10332 return FALSE;
10333 }
10334
10335 return ret;
10336 }
10337 \f
10338 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10339 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10340 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10341 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10342 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10343 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10344 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10345 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10346 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10347 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10348 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10349
10350 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10351 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10352 #endif
10353
10354 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10355 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10356 #endif
10357
10358 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10359 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10360 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10361 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10362 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10363 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10364
10365 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10366 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10367 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10368 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10369 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10370 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10371 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10372 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10373
10374 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10375 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10376 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10377 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10378 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10379 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10380 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10381 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10382 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10383 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10384 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10385 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10386 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10387 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10388 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10389 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10390 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10391 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10392 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10393 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10394 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10395 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10396 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10397 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10398 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10399 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10400 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10401 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10402 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10403
10404 #include "elf32-target.h"
10405
10406 /* FreeBSD Target */
10407
10408 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10409 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10410
10411 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10412 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10413 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10414 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10415
10416 #undef ELF_OSABI
10417 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10418
10419 #undef elf32_bed
10420 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10421
10422 #include "elf32-target.h"
10423
10424 /* VxWorks Target */
10425
10426 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10427 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10428
10429 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10430 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10431 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10432 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10433
10434 #undef ELF_OSABI
10435
10436 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10437 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10438 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10439 {
10440 if (sec->name == NULL)
10441 return NULL;
10442
10443 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10444 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10445
10446 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10447 }
10448
10449 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10450 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10451 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10452 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10453 {
10454 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10455
10456 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10457 if (ret)
10458 {
10459 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10460 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10461 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10462 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10463 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10464 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10465 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10466 }
10467 return ret;
10468 }
10469
10470 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10471 static bfd_boolean
10472 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10473 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10474 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10475 const char **namep,
10476 flagword *flagsp,
10477 asection **secp,
10478 bfd_vma *valp)
10479 {
10480 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10481 valp))
10482 return FALSE;
10483
10484 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10485 }
10486
10487 static bfd_boolean
10488 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10489 {
10490 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10491 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10492 }
10493
10494 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10495 define it. */
10496 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10497 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10498 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10499 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10500 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10501 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10502 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10503 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10504 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10505 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10506 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10507 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10508 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10509 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10510
10511 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10512
10513 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10514 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10515 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10516 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10517 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10518 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10519 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10520 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10521 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10522 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10523 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10524 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10525 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10526 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10527 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10528 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10529 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10530 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10531
10532 #undef elf32_bed
10533 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10534
10535 #include "elf32-target.h"
GDB Binutils - Deliverables
This page took 0.633558 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.